SemaDecl.cpp revision aa4bc18240c03b5ed7952aa5e013c081f8733ed3
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 862 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 863 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 864 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 865 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 866 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 867 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 868 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 869 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 870 return ParsedType::make(T); 871 } 872 873 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 874 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 875 876 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 877 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 878} 879 880// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 881// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 882// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 883DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 884 885 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 886 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 887 // the context we'll need to return to. 888 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 889 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 890 891 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 892 // lexical context. 893 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 894 return DC; 895 896 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 897 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 898 // class is the context we need to return to. 899 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 900 DC = RD; 901 902 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 903 // declared in. 904 return DC; 905 } 906 907 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 908} 909 910void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 911 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 912 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 913 CurContext = DC; 914 S->setEntity(DC); 915} 916 917void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 918 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 919 920 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 921 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 922} 923 924/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 925/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 926/// 927void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 928 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 929 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 930 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 931 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 932 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 933 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 934 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 935 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 936 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 937 // namespace. 938 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 939 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 940 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 941 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 942 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 943 944 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 945 946#ifndef NDEBUG 947 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 948 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 949 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 950#endif 951 952 CurContext = DC; 953 S->setEntity(DC); 954} 955 956void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 957 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 958 959 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 960 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 961 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 962 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 963 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 964 965 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 966 // disappear. 967} 968 969 970void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 971 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 972 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 973 // We assume that the caller has already called 974 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 975 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 976 } 977 if (!FD) 978 return; 979 980 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 981 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 982 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 983 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 984 CurContext = FD; 985 S->setEntity(CurContext); 986 987 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 988 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 989 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 990 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 991 S->AddDecl(Param); 992 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 993 } 994 } 995} 996 997 998void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 999 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1000 // rather than the top-level class. 1001 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1002 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1003 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1004} 1005 1006 1007/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1008/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1009/// 1010/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1011/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1012/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1013/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1014/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1015/// attribute. 1016static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1017 ASTContext &Context) { 1018 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1019 return true; 1020 1021 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1022 return true; 1023 1024 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1025 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1026} 1027 1028/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1029void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1030 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1031 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1032 // scope. 1033 while (S->getEntity() && 1034 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1035 S = S->getParent(); 1036 1037 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1038 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1039 // into any context. 1040 if (AddToContext) 1041 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1042 1043 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1044 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1045 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1046 D->isOutOfLine() && 1047 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1048 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1049 return; 1050 1051 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1052 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1053 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1054 return; 1055 1056 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1057 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1058 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1059 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1060 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1061 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1062 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1063 1064 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1065 break; 1066 } 1067 } 1068 1069 S->AddDecl(D); 1070 1071 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1072 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1073 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1074 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1075 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1076 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1077 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1078 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1079 continue; 1080 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1081 break; 1082 } 1083 1084 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1085 } else { 1086 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1087 } 1088} 1089 1090void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1091 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1092 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1093} 1094 1095bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1096 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1097 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1098 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1099} 1100 1101Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1102 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1103 do { 1104 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1105 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1106 return S; 1107 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1108 1109 return 0; 1110} 1111 1112static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1113 DeclContext*, 1114 ASTContext&); 1115 1116/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1117/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1118void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1119 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1120 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1121 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1122 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1123 while (F.hasNext()) { 1124 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1125 1126 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1127 continue; 1128 1129 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1130 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1131 continue; 1132 1133 F.erase(); 1134 } 1135 1136 F.done(); 1137} 1138 1139static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1140 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1141 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1142 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1143} 1144 1145/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1146static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1147 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1148 while (F.hasNext()) 1149 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1150 F.erase(); 1151 1152 F.done(); 1153} 1154 1155/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1156/// @code 1157/// class S { 1158/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1159/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1160/// }; 1161/// @endcode 1162static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1163 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1164 // the decl here. 1165 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1166 return false; 1167 1168 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1169 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1170 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1171 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1172 return false; 1173} 1174 1175// We need this to handle 1176// 1177// typedef struct { 1178// void *foo() { return 0; } 1179// } A; 1180// 1181// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1182// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1183// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1184// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1185// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1186// not. 1187bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1188 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1189 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1190 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1191 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1192 return true; 1193 } 1194 DC = DC->getParent(); 1195 } 1196 1197 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1198} 1199 1200bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1201 assert(D); 1202 1203 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1204 return false; 1205 1206 // Ignore class templates. 1207 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1208 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1209 return false; 1210 1211 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1212 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1213 return false; 1214 1215 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1216 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1217 return false; 1218 } else { 1219 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1220 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1221 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1222 // static template functions. 1223 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1224 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1225 return false; 1226 } 1227 1228 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1229 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1230 return false; 1231 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1232 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1233 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1234 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1235 // intended to be used. 1236 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1237 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1238 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1239 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1240 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1241 return false; 1242 1243 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1244 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1245 return false; 1246 1247 } else { 1248 return false; 1249 } 1250 1251 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1252 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1253} 1254 1255void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1256 if (!D) 1257 return; 1258 1259 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1260 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1261 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1262 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1263 } 1264 1265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1266 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1267 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1268 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1269 } 1270 1271 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1272 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1273} 1274 1275static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1276 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1280 return false; 1281 1282 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1283 return true; 1284 1285 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1286 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1287 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1288 return false; 1289 1290 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1292 1293 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1294 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1295 1296 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1297 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1298 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1299 return false; 1300 } 1301 1302 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1303 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1304 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1305 return false; 1306 1307 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1308 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1309 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1310 return false; 1311 1312 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1313 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1314 return false; 1315 1316 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1317 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1318 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1319 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1320 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1321 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1322 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1323 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1324 return false; 1325 } 1326 } 1327 } 1328 } 1329 1330 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1331 } 1332 1333 return true; 1334} 1335 1336static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1337 FixItHint &Hint) { 1338 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1339 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1340 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1341 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1342 return; 1343 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1344 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1345 } 1346 return; 1347} 1348 1349/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1350/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1351void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1352 FixItHint Hint; 1353 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1354 return; 1355 1356 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1357 1358 unsigned DiagID; 1359 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1360 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1361 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1362 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1363 else 1364 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1365 1366 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1367} 1368 1369static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1370 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1371 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1372 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1373 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1374 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1375} 1376 1377void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1378 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1379 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1380 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1381 1382 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1383 I != E; ++I) { 1384 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1385 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1386 1387 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1388 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1389 1390 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1391 1392 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1393 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1394 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1395 1396 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1397 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1398 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1399 1400 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1401 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1402 } 1403} 1404 1405void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1406 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1407} 1408 1409void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1410 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1411 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1412} 1413 1414/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1415/// 1416/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1417/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1418/// to the fixed name. 1419/// 1420/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1421/// 1422/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1423/// if there is no class with the given name. 1424/// 1425/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1426/// class could not be found. 1427ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1428 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1429 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1430 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1431 // creation from this context. 1432 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1433 1434 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1435 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1436 // find an Objective-C class name. 1437 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1438 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1439 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1440 Validator)) { 1441 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1443 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1444 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1445 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1446 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1447 1448 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1449 } 1450 } 1451 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1452 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1453 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1454 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1455 return Def; 1456} 1457 1458/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1459/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1460/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1461/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1462/// ill-formed in C++: 1463/// @code 1464/// struct S6 { 1465/// enum { BAR } e; 1466/// }; 1467/// 1468/// void test_S6() { 1469/// struct S6 a; 1470/// a.e = BAR; 1471/// } 1472/// @endcode 1473/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1474/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1475/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1476/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1477/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1478/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1479/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1480/// contain non-field names. 1481Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1482 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1483 (S->getEntity() && 1484 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1485 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1486 S = S->getParent(); 1487 return S; 1488} 1489 1490/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1491/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1492/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1493/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1494static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1495 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1496 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1497 return; 1498 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1499 1500 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1501 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1502 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1503 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1504 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1505 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1506} 1507 1508/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1509/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1510/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1511/// built-in. 1512NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1513 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1514 SourceLocation Loc) { 1515 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1516 1517 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1518 1519 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1520 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1521 switch (Error) { 1522 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1523 // Okay 1524 break; 1525 1526 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1527 if (ForRedeclaration) 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1530 return 0; 1531 1532 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1533 if (ForRedeclaration) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1536 return 0; 1537 1538 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1539 if (ForRedeclaration) 1540 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1541 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1542 return 0; 1543 } 1544 1545 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1546 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1547 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1548 << R; 1549 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1550 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1551 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1552 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1553 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1554 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1555 } 1556 1557 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1558 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1559 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1560 SC_Extern, 1561 false, 1562 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1563 New->setImplicit(); 1564 1565 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1566 // FunctionDecl. 1567 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1568 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1569 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1570 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1571 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1572 SourceLocation(), 0, 1573 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1574 SC_None, 0); 1575 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1576 Params.push_back(parm); 1577 } 1578 New->setParams(Params); 1579 } 1580 1581 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1582 1583 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1584 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1585 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1586 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1587 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1588 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1589 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1590 CurContext = SavedContext; 1591 return New; 1592} 1593 1594/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1595/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1596/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1597/// entity. 1598static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1599 NamedDecl *decl, 1600 LookupResult &previous){ 1601 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1602 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1603 return; 1604 1605 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1606 if (previous.empty()) 1607 return; 1608 1609 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1610 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1611 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1612 1613 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1614 if (!old->isHidden()) 1615 continue; 1616 1617 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1618 filter.erase(); 1619 } 1620 1621 filter.done(); 1622} 1623 1624bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1625 QualType OldType; 1626 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1627 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1628 else 1629 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1630 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1631 1632 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1633 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1634 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1636 << Kind << NewType; 1637 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1638 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1639 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1640 return true; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (OldType != NewType && 1644 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1645 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1646 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 return false; 1656} 1657 1658/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1659/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1660/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1661/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1662/// 1663void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1664 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1665 // merging checks. 1666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1667 1668 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1669 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1670 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1671 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1672 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1673 default: break; 1674 case 2: 1675 { 1676 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1677 break; 1678 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1679 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1680 break; 1681 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1682 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1683 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1684 break; 1685 } 1686 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1687 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1688 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1689 return; 1690 } 1691 case 5: 1692 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1693 break; 1694 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1695 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1696 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1697 return; 1698 case 3: 1699 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1700 break; 1701 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1702 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1703 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1704 return; 1705 } 1706 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1707 } 1708 1709 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1710 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1711 if (!Old) { 1712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1713 << New->getDeclName(); 1714 1715 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1716 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1717 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1718 1719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1720 } 1721 1722 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1723 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1724 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1725 1726 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1727 // with any extensions enabled. 1728 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1729 return; 1730 1731 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1732 // declaration was a typedef. 1733 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1734 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1735 1736 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1737 return; 1738 1739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1740 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1741 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1742 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1743 // to the type to which it already refers. 1744 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1745 return; 1746 1747 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1748 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1749 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1750 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1751 // 1752 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1753 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1754 // 1755 // struct S { 1756 // typedef struct A { } A; 1757 // }; 1758 // 1759 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1760 // allow the above but disallow 1761 // 1762 // struct S { 1763 // typedef int I; 1764 // typedef int I; 1765 // }; 1766 // 1767 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1768 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1775 } 1776 1777 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1778 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1779 return; 1780 1781 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1782 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1783 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1784 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1785 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1786 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1787 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1788 return; 1789 1790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1791 << New->getDeclName(); 1792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1793 return; 1794} 1795 1796/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1797/// attribute. 1798static bool 1799DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1800 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1801 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1802 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1803 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1804 if (AA) 1805 return false; 1806 1807 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1808 switch (A->getKind()) { 1809 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1810 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1811 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1812 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1813 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1814 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1815 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1816 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1817 case attr::GuardedBy: 1818 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1819 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1820 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1821 return false; 1822 default: 1823 ; 1824 } 1825 1826 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1827 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1828 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1829 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1830 if (Ann) { 1831 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1832 return true; 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1836 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1837 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1838 return true; 1839 } 1840 1841 return false; 1842} 1843 1844static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1845 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1846 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1847 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1848 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1849 return true; 1850} 1851 1852/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1853/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1854/// 1855/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1856static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1857 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1858 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1859 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1860 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1861 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1862 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1863 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1864 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1865 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1866 // in a case like: 1867 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1868 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1869 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1870 // definition in such a case. 1871 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 if (I->isAlignas()) 1875 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1876 1877 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1878 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1879 OldAlign = Align; 1880 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1885 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1886 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1887 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1888 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1889 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1890 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1891 return false; 1892 1893 if (I->isAlignas()) 1894 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1895 1896 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1897 if (Align > NewAlign) 1898 NewAlign = Align; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1902 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1903 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1904 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1905 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1906 1907 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1908 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1909 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1910 QualType Ty; 1911 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1912 Ty = VD->getType(); 1913 else 1914 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1915 1916 if (OldAlign == 0) 1917 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1918 if (NewAlign == 0) 1919 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1920 } 1921 1922 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1923 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1924 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1925 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1926 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1927 } 1928 } 1929 1930 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1931 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1932 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1933 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1934 // equivalent alignment. 1935 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1936 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1937 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1938 // have no alignment specifier. 1939 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1940 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1941 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1943 } 1944 1945 bool AnyAdded = false; 1946 1947 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1948 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1949 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1950 Clone->setInherited(true); 1951 New->addAttr(Clone); 1952 AnyAdded = true; 1953 } 1954 1955 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1956 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1957 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1958 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1959 Clone->setInherited(true); 1960 New->addAttr(Clone); 1961 AnyAdded = true; 1962 } 1963 1964 return AnyAdded; 1965} 1966 1967static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1968 bool Override) { 1969 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1970 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1971 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1972 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1973 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1974 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1975 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1978 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1979 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1980 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1981 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1982 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1983 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1984 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1985 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1986 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1987 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1988 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1989 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1990 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1991 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1992 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1993 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1994 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1995 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1996 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1997 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1998 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1999 NewAttr = 0; 2000 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2001 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2002 2003 if (NewAttr) { 2004 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2005 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2006 return true; 2007 } 2008 2009 return false; 2010} 2011 2012static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2013 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2014 return TD->getDefinition(); 2015 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2016 return VD->getDefinition(); 2017 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2018 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2019 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2020 return Def; 2021 } 2022 return NULL; 2023} 2024 2025static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2026 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2027 I != E; ++I) { 2028 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2029 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2030 return true; 2031 } 2032 return false; 2033} 2034 2035/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2036/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2037static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2038 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2039 return; 2040 2041 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2042 if (!Def || Def == New) 2043 return; 2044 2045 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2046 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2047 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2048 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2049 ++I; 2050 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2051 } 2052 2053 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2054 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2055 ++I; 2056 continue; 2057 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2058 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2059 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2060 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2061 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2062 // equivalent alignment. 2063 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2064 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2065 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2066 // have no alignment specifier. 2067 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2068 << AA->isC11(); 2069 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2070 << AA->isC11(); 2071 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2072 --E; 2073 continue; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2078 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2079 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2081 --E; 2082 } 2083} 2084 2085/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2086void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2087 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2088 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2089 return; 2090 2091 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2092 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2093 2094 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2095 return; 2096 2097 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2098 2099 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2100 // we process them. 2101 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2102 2103 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2104 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2105 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2106 i != e; ++i) { 2107 bool Override = false; 2108 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2109 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2110 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2111 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2112 switch (AMK) { 2113 case AMK_None: 2114 continue; 2115 2116 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2117 break; 2118 2119 case AMK_Override: 2120 Override = true; 2121 break; 2122 } 2123 } 2124 2125 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2126 foundAny = true; 2127 } 2128 2129 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2130 foundAny = true; 2131 2132 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2133} 2134 2135/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2136/// to the new one. 2137static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2138 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2139 Sema &S) { 2140 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2141 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2142 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2143 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2144 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2145 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2146 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2147 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2148 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2149 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2150 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2151 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2152 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2153 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2154 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2155 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2156 } 2157 2158 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2159 return; 2160 2161 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2162 2163 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2164 // done before we process them. 2165 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2166 2167 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2168 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2169 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2170 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2171 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2172 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2173 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2174 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2175 foundAny = true; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 2179 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2180} 2181 2182namespace { 2183 2184/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2185/// C. 2186struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2187 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2188 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2189 QualType PromotedType; 2190}; 2191 2192} 2193 2194/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2195Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2196 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2197 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2198 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2199 2200 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2201 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2202 2203 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2204 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2205 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2206 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2207 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2208 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2209 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2210 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2211 } 2212 2213 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2214} 2215 2216/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2217/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2218/// GNU89 mode. 2219static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2220 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2221 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2222 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2223 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2224 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2225} 2226 2227/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2228/// declaration? 2229static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2230 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2231 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2232 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2233 } else { 2234 // Free C function or a static method. 2235 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2236 } 2237 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2238} 2239 2240template <typename T> 2241static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2242 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2243 if (DC->isRecord()) 2244 return false; 2245 2246 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2247 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2248 return true; 2249 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2250 return true; 2251 return false; 2252} 2253 2254/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2255/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2256/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2257/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2258/// 2259/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2260/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2261/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2262/// merged with. 2263/// 2264/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2265bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2266 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2267 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2268 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2269 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2270 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2271 else 2272 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2273 if (!Old) { 2274 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2275 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2277 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2278 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2281 return true; 2282 } 2283 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2285 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2286 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2288 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2289 return true; 2290 } 2291 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2293 << New->getDeclName(); 2294 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2295 return true; 2296 } 2297 2298 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2299 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2300 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2301 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2302 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2303 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2304 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2305 else 2306 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2307 2308 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2309 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2310 2311 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2312 // is an extern inline function. 2313 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2314 // storage classes. 2315 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2316 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2317 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2318 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2319 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2320 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2321 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2322 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2323 } else { 2324 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2325 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2326 return true; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2331 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2332 // calling convention of the first. 2333 // 2334 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2335 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2336 // 2337 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2338 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2339 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2340 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2341 // because it is the default calling convention. 2342 // 2343 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2344 // other tests to run. 2345 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2346 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2347 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2348 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2349 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2350 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2351 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2352 2353 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2354 // there but not here. 2355 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2356 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2357 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2358 2359 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2360 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2361 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2362 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2363 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2364 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2365 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2366 2367 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2368 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2369 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2371 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2372 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2373 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2374 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 return true; 2377 } 2378 2379 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2380 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2381 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2382 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2383 } 2384 2385 // Merge regparm attribute. 2386 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2387 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2388 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2390 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2391 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2392 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2393 return true; 2394 } 2395 2396 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2397 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2398 } 2399 2400 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2401 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2402 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2405 return true; 2406 } 2407 2408 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2409 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2410 } 2411 2412 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2413 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2414 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2415 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2416 } 2417 2418 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2419 // UndefinedButUsed. 2420 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2421 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2422 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2423 Old->isUsed(false) && 2424 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2425 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2426 SourceLocation())); 2427 2428 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2429 // about it. 2430 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2431 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2432 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2436 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2437 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2438 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2439 // cannot be overloaded. 2440 2441 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2442 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2443 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2444 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2445 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2446 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2447 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2448 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2449 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2450 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2451 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2452 QualType ResQT; 2453 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2454 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2455 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2456 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2457 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2458 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2459 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2460 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2461 else 2462 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2463 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2464 return true; 2465 } 2466 else 2467 NewQType = ResQT; 2468 } 2469 2470 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2471 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2472 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2473 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2474 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2475 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2476 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2477 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2478 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2479 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2480 } 2481 } 2482 2483 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2484 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2485 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2486 // Preserve triviality. 2487 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2488 2489 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2490 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2491 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2492 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2493 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2494 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2495 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2496 2497 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2498 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2499 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2500 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2501 // is a static member function declaration. 2502 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2504 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2505 return true; 2506 } 2507 2508 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2509 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2510 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2511 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2512 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2513 unsigned NewDiag; 2514 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2515 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2516 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2517 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2518 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2519 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2520 else 2521 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2522 2523 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2524 } else { 2525 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2526 << New << New->getType(); 2527 } 2528 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2529 2530 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2531 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2532 // 2533 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2534 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2535 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2536 if (isFriend) { 2537 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2538 } else { 2539 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2540 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2541 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2545 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2546 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2547 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2548 return true; 2549 } 2550 } 2551 2552 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2553 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2554 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2555 // attribute. 2556 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2557 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2558 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2559 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2560 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2562 } 2563 2564 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2565 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2566 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2567 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2568 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2569 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2570 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2571 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2572 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2573 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2574 } 2575 2576 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2577 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2578 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2579 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2580 2581 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2582 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2583 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2584 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2585 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2586 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2587 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2588 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2589 } 2590 2591 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2593 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2598 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2599 2600 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2601 } 2602 2603 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2604 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2606 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2607 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2608 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2609 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2610 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2611 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2612 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2613 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2614 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2615 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2616 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2617 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2618 ParamTypes, 2619 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2620 New->setType(NewQType); 2621 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2622 2623 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2624 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2625 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2626 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2627 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2628 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2629 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2630 SourceLocation(), 2631 SourceLocation(), 0, 2632 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2633 SC_None, 2634 0); 2635 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2636 Param->setImplicit(); 2637 Params.push_back(Param); 2638 } 2639 2640 New->setParams(Params); 2641 } 2642 2643 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2644 } 2645 2646 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2647 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2648 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2649 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2650 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2651 // the prototype. 2652 // 2653 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2654 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2655 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2656 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2657 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2658 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2659 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2660 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2661 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2662 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2663 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2664 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2665 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2666 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2667 2668 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2669 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2670 NewProto->getResultType()); 2671 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2672 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2673 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2674 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2675 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2676 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2677 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2678 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2679 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2680 NewParm->getType(), 2681 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2682 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2683 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2684 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2685 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2686 } else 2687 LooseCompatible = false; 2688 } 2689 2690 if (LooseCompatible) { 2691 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2692 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2693 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2694 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2695 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2696 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2697 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2698 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2699 } 2700 2701 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2702 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2703 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2704 } 2705 2706 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2707 } 2708 2709 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2710 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2711 2712 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2713 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2714 unsigned BuiltinID; 2715 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2716 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2717 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2718 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2719 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2721 << Old << Old->getType(); 2722 2723 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2724 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2725 // 2726 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2727 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2728 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2729 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2730 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2731 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2732 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2733 2734 return false; 2735 } 2736 2737 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2738 } 2739 2740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2742 return true; 2743} 2744 2745/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2746/// known to be compatible. 2747/// 2748/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2749/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2750/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2751/// redeclaration of Old. 2752/// 2753/// \returns false 2754bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2755 Scope *S) { 2756 // Merge the attributes 2757 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2758 2759 // Merge "pure" flag. 2760 if (Old->isPure()) 2761 New->setPure(); 2762 2763 // Merge "used" flag. 2764 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2765 New->setUsed(); 2766 2767 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2768 // declarations. 2769 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2771 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2772 *this); 2773 2774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2775 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2776 2777 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2778 // and argument types. 2779 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2780 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2781 New->setType(Merged); 2782 2783 return false; 2784} 2785 2786 2787void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2788 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2789 2790 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2791 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2792 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2793 : AMK_Override; 2794 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2795 2796 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2797 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2798 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2799 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2800 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2801 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2802 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2803 2804 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2805} 2806 2807/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2808/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2809/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2810/// 2811/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2812/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2813/// is attached. 2814void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2815 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2816 return; 2817 2818 QualType MergedT; 2819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2820 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2821 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2822 return; 2823 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2824 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2825 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2826 } 2827 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2828 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2829 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2830 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2831 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2832 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2833 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2834 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2835 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2836 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2837 NewArray->getElementType())) 2838 MergedT = New->getType(); 2839 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2840 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2841 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2842 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2843 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2844 NewArray->getElementType())) 2845 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2846 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2847 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2848 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2849 Old->getType()); 2850 } 2851 } else { 2852 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2853 } 2854 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2856 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2858 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2859 } 2860 2861 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2862 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2863 if (!OldWasHidden) 2864 New->setType(MergedT); 2865} 2866 2867/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2868/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2869/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2870/// 2871/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2872/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2873/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2874/// 2875void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2876 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2877 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2878 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2879 return; 2880 2881 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2882 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2883 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2884 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2886 << New->getDeclName(); 2887 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2888 diag::note_previous_definition); 2889 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2890 } 2891 2892 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2893 return; 2894 2895 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2896 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2897 // 2898 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2899 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2901 << New->getIdentifier(); 2902 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2903 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2904 } 2905 2906 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2907 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2908 // declaration 2909 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2910 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2911 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2914 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2915 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2916 } 2917 2918 // Merge the types. 2919 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2920 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2921 return; 2922 2923 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2924 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2925 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2926 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2928 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2929 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2930 } 2931 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2932 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2933 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2934 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2935 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2936 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2937 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2938 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2939 // identifier has external linkage. 2940 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2941 /* Okay */; 2942 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2943 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2944 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2946 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2947 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2948 } 2949 2950 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2951 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2952 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2955 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2956 } 2957 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2958 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2960 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2961 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2962 } 2963 2964 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2965 2966 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2967 // need to check for mismatches. 2968 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2969 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2970 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2971 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2975 } 2976 2977 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2978 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2979 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2981 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2984 } else { 2985 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2986 // static and dynamic initialization. 2987 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2988 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 2990 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 2991 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2992 } 2993 } 2994 2995 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2996 const VarDecl *Def; 2997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2998 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2999 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 3001 << New->getDeclName(); 3002 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3003 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3004 return; 3005 } 3006 3007 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3009 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3010 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3011 return; 3012 } 3013 3014 // Merge "used" flag. 3015 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3016 New->setUsed(); 3017 3018 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3019 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3020 3021 // Inherit access appropriately. 3022 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3023} 3024 3025/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3026/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3027Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3028 DeclSpec &DS) { 3029 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3030} 3031 3032/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3033/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3034/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3035Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3036 DeclSpec &DS, 3037 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3038 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3039 Decl *TagD = 0; 3040 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3041 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3042 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3043 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3044 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3045 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3046 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3047 3048 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3049 return 0; 3050 3051 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3052 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3053 // it's a Type. 3054 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3055 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3056 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3057 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3058 } 3059 3060 if (Tag) { 3061 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3062 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3063 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3064 return Tag; 3065 } 3066 3067 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3068 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3069 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3070 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3071 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3072 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3073 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3074 } 3075 3076 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3077 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3078 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3079 if (Tag) 3080 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3081 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3082 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3083 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3085 else 3086 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3087 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3088 return TagD; 3089 } 3090 3091 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3092 3093 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3094 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3095 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3096 if (TagD && !Tag) 3097 return 0; 3098 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3099 } 3100 3101 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3102 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3103 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3104 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3105 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3106 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3107 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3108 // or an explicit specialization. 3109 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3110 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3111 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3112 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3113 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3114 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3115 << SS.getRange(); 3116 return 0; 3117 } 3118 3119 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3120 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3121 3122 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3123 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3124 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3125 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3126 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3127 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3128 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3129 3130 DeclaresAnything = false; 3131 } 3132 } 3133 3134 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3136 CurContext->isRecord() && 3137 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3138 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3139 // struct STRUCT; 3140 // and 3141 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3142 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3143 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3144 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3145 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3146 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3147 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3148 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3153 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3154 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3155 return TagD; 3156 3157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3158 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3159 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3160 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3161 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3162 DeclaresAnything = false; 3163 3164 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3165 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3166 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3167 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3168 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3169 else 3170 DeclaresAnything = false; 3171 } 3172 3173 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3174 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3175 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3176 << Tag->getTagKind() 3177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3178 3179 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3180 3181 // C 6.7/2: 3182 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3183 // or the members of an enumeration. 3184 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3185 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3186 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3187 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3188 // previous declaration. 3189 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3190 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3191 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3192 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3193 return TagD; 3194 } 3195 3196 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3197 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3198 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3199 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3200 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3201 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3202 // 3203 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3204 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3205 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3206 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3207 3208 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3209 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3210 // useless. 3211 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3212 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3213 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3214 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3215 3216 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3217 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3218 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3219 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3220 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3221 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3222 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3223 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3224 // Restrict is covered above. 3225 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3226 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3227 } 3228 3229 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3230 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3231 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3232 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3233 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3234 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3235 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3236 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3237 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3238 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3239 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3240 while (attrs) { 3241 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3242 << attrs->getName() 3243 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3244 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3245 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3246 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3247 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3248 } 3249 } 3250 } 3251 3252 return TagD; 3253} 3254 3255/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3256/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3257/// 3258/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3259static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3260 Scope *S, 3261 DeclContext *Owner, 3262 DeclarationName Name, 3263 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3264 unsigned diagnostic) { 3265 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3266 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3267 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3268 3269 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3270 return false; 3271 3272 // Pick a representative declaration. 3273 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3274 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3275 3276 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3277 return false; 3278 3279 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3280 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3281 3282 return true; 3283} 3284 3285/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3286/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3287/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3288/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3289/// struct, e.g., 3290/// 3291/// @code 3292/// union { 3293/// int i; 3294/// float f; 3295/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3296/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3297/// @endcode 3298/// 3299/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3300/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3301static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3302 DeclContext *Owner, 3303 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3304 AccessSpecifier AS, 3305 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3306 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3307 unsigned diagKind 3308 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3309 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3310 3311 bool Invalid = false; 3312 3313 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3314 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3315 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3316 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3317 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3318 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3319 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3320 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3321 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3322 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3323 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3324 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3325 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3326 Invalid = true; 3327 } else { 3328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3329 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3330 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3331 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3332 // anonymous union is declared. 3333 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3334 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3335 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3336 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3337 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3338 else 3339 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3340 3341 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3342 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3343 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3344 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3345 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3346 3347 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3348 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3349 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3350 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3351 3352 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3353 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3354 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3355 3356 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3357 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3358 3359 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3360 } 3361 } 3362 } 3363 3364 return Invalid; 3365} 3366 3367/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3368/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3369/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3370static StorageClass 3371StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3372 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3373 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3374 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3375 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3376 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3377 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3378 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3379 return SC_None; 3380 return SC_Extern; 3381 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3382 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3383 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3384 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3385 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3386 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3387 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3388 } 3389 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3390} 3391 3392/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3393/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3394/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3395/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3396Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3397 AccessSpecifier AS, 3398 RecordDecl *Record) { 3399 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3400 3401 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3402 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3403 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3404 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3405 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3406 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3407 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3408 3409 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3410 // structs/unions. 3411 bool Invalid = false; 3412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3413 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3414 unsigned DiagID; 3415 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3416 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3417 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3418 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3419 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3420 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3421 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3422 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3423 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3424 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3425 3426 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3427 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3428 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3429 } 3430 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3431 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3432 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3433 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3434 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3435 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3436 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3438 3439 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3440 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3441 SourceLocation(), 3442 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3447 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3448 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3449 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3450 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3452 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3453 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3454 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3455 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3457 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3458 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3459 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3460 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3462 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3463 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3464 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3465 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3467 3468 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3469 } 3470 3471 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3472 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3473 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3474 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3475 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3476 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3477 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3478 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3479 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3480 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3481 // members (clause 11). 3482 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3483 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3484 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3485 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3486 Invalid = true; 3487 } 3488 3489 // C++ [class.union]p1 3490 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3491 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3492 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3493 // array of such objects. 3494 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3497 // Any implicit members are fine. 3498 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3499 // This is a type that showed up in an 3500 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3501 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3502 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3503 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3504 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3505 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3506 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3507 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3508 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3509 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3510 else { 3511 // This is a nested type declaration. 3512 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3513 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3514 Invalid = true; 3515 } 3516 } else { 3517 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3518 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3519 // not part of standard C++. 3520 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3521 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3522 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3523 } 3524 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3525 // Any access specifier is fine. 3526 } else { 3527 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3528 // member. Complain about it. 3529 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3530 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3531 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3532 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3533 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3534 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3535 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3536 3537 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3538 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3539 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3540 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3541 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3542 else { 3543 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3544 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3545 Invalid = true; 3546 } 3547 } 3548 } 3549 } 3550 3551 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3552 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3553 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3554 Invalid = true; 3555 } 3556 3557 // Mock up a declarator. 3558 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3560 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3561 3562 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3563 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3564 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3565 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3566 DS.getLocStart(), 3567 Record->getLocation(), 3568 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3569 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3570 TInfo, 3571 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3572 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3573 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3575 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3576 } else { 3577 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3578 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3579 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3580 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3581 // an error here 3582 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3583 Invalid = true; 3584 SC = SC_None; 3585 } 3586 3587 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3588 DS.getLocStart(), 3589 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3590 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3591 TInfo, SC); 3592 3593 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3594 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3595 // initializer: 3596 // union { int n = 0; }; 3597 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3598 } 3599 Anon->setImplicit(); 3600 3601 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3602 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3603 // its members. 3604 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3605 3606 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3607 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3608 // purposes. 3609 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3610 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3611 3612 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3613 Chain, false)) 3614 Invalid = true; 3615 3616 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3617 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3618 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3619 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3620 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3621 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3622 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3623 3624 if (Invalid) 3625 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3626 3627 return Anon; 3628} 3629 3630/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3631/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3632/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3633/// Example: 3634/// 3635/// struct A { int a; }; 3636/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3637/// 3638/// void foo() { 3639/// B var; 3640/// var.a = 3; 3641/// } 3642/// 3643Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3644 RecordDecl *Record) { 3645 3646 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3647 if (!Record) 3648 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3649 3650 // Mock up a declarator. 3651 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3652 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3653 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3654 3655 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3656 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3657 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3658 DS.getLocStart(), 3659 DS.getLocStart(), 3660 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3661 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3662 TInfo, 3663 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3664 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3665 Anon->setImplicit(); 3666 3667 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3668 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3669 3670 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3671 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3672 // purposes. 3673 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3674 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3675 3676 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3677 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3678 RecordDef, AS_none, 3679 Chain, true)) 3680 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 3682 return Anon; 3683} 3684 3685/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3686/// given Declarator. 3687DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3688 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3689} 3690 3691/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3692DeclarationNameInfo 3693Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3694 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3695 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3696 3697 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3698 3699 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3701 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3703 return NameInfo; 3704 3705 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3706 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3707 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3708 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3709 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3710 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3711 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3712 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3713 return NameInfo; 3714 3715 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3716 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3717 Name.Identifier)); 3718 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3719 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3720 return NameInfo; 3721 3722 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3723 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3724 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3725 if (Ty.isNull()) 3726 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3727 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3728 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3729 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3730 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3731 return NameInfo; 3732 } 3733 3734 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3736 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3737 if (Ty.isNull()) 3738 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3739 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3740 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3742 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3743 return NameInfo; 3744 } 3745 3746 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3747 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3748 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3749 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3750 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3751 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3752 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3753 3754 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3755 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3756 3757 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3758 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3759 // was qualified. 3760 3761 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3762 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3763 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3764 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3765 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3766 return NameInfo; 3767 } 3768 3769 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3771 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3772 if (Ty.isNull()) 3773 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3774 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3775 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3776 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3777 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3778 return NameInfo; 3779 } 3780 3781 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3782 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3783 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3784 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3785 } 3786 3787 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3788 3789 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3790} 3791 3792static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3793 do { 3794 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3795 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3796 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3797 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3798 else 3799 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3800 } while (true); 3801} 3802 3803/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3804/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3805/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3806/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3807/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3808/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3809/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3810static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3811 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3812 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3813 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3814 Params.clear(); 3815 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3816 return false; 3817 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3818 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3819 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3820 3821 // The parameter types are identical 3822 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3823 continue; 3824 3825 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3826 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3827 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3828 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3829 3830 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3831 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3832 Params.push_back(Idx); 3833 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3834 return false; 3835 } 3836 3837 return true; 3838} 3839 3840/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3841/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3842/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3843/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3844/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3845static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3846 DeclarationName Name) { 3847 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3848 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3849 // - types which will become injected class names 3850 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3851 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3852 // few cases here. 3853 3854 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3855 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3856 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3857 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3859 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3860 // Grab the type from the parser. 3861 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3862 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3863 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3864 3865 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3866 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3867 // attached already. 3868 if (!TSI) 3869 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3870 3871 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3872 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3873 if (!TSI) return true; 3874 3875 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3876 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3877 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3878 break; 3879 } 3880 3881 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3882 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3883 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3884 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3885 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3886 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3887 break; 3888 } 3889 3890 default: 3891 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3892 break; 3893 } 3894 3895 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3896 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3897 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3898 3899 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3900 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3901 // pointer. 3902 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3903 continue; 3904 3905 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3906 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3907 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3908 return true; 3909 } 3910 3911 return false; 3912} 3913 3914Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3915 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3916 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3917 3918 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3919 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3920 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3921 3922 return Dcl; 3923} 3924 3925/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3926/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3927/// name different from T: 3928/// - every static data member of class T; 3929/// - every member function of class T 3930/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3931/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3932bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3933 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3934 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3935 3936 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3937 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3938 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3939 return true; 3940 } 3941 3942 return false; 3943} 3944 3945/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3946/// nested-name-specifier. 3947/// 3948/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3949/// 3950/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3951/// resolves. 3952/// 3953/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3954/// 3955/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3956/// 3957/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3958bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3959 DeclarationName Name, 3960 SourceLocation Loc) { 3961 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3962 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3963 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3964 3965 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3966 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3967 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3968 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3969 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3970 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3971 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3972 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3973 3974 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3975 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3976 // 3977 // class X { 3978 // void X::f(); 3979 // }; 3980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3981 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3982 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3983 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3984 SS.clear(); 3985 return false; 3986 } 3987 3988 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3989 // declaration. 3990 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3991 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3993 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3994 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3996 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3997 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3999 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4000 else 4001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4002 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4003 4004 return true; 4005 } 4006 4007 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4008 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4010 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4011 SS.clear(); 4012 4013 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4014 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4015 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4016 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4017 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4018 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4019 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4020 return true; 4021 4022 return false; 4023 } 4024 4025 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4026 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4027 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4028 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4029 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4030 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4031 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4032 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4034 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4035 4036 return false; 4037} 4038 4039NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4040 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4041 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4042 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4043 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4044 4045 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4046 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4047 if (!Name) { 4048 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4050 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4051 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4052 return 0; 4053 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4054 return 0; 4055 4056 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4057 // we find one that is. 4058 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4059 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4060 S = S->getParent(); 4061 4062 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4063 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4064 D.setInvalidType(); 4065 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4066 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4067 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4068 return 0; 4069 4070 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4071 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4072 if (!DC) { 4073 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4074 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4075 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4076 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4078 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4079 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4080 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4081 return 0; 4082 } 4083 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4084 4085 if (!IsDependentContext && 4086 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4087 return 0; 4088 4089 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4090 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4091 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4092 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4093 D.setInvalidType(); 4094 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4095 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4096 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4097 if (DC->isRecord()) 4098 return 0; 4099 4100 D.setInvalidType(); 4101 } 4102 } 4103 4104 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4105 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4106 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4107 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4108 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4109 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4110 D.setInvalidType(); 4111 } 4112 } 4113 4114 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4115 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4116 // Just return early; it's safer. 4117 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4118 return 0; 4119 4120 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4121 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4122 4123 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4124 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4125 D.setInvalidType(); 4126 4127 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4128 ForRedeclaration); 4129 4130 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4131 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4132 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4133 4134 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4135 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4136 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4137 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4138 /* Do nothing*/; 4139 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4140 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4141 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4142 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4143 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4144 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4145 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4146 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4147 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4148 4149 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4150 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4151 4152 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4153 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4154 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4155 4156 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4157 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4158 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4159 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4160 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4161 // thereof; [...] 4162 // 4163 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4164 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4165 // we want to match. For example, given: 4166 // 4167 // class X { 4168 // void f(); 4169 // void f(float); 4170 // }; 4171 // 4172 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4173 // 4174 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4175 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4176 // matches. 4177 4178 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4179 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4180 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4181 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4182 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4183 } 4184 4185 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4186 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4187 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4188 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4189 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4190 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4191 4192 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4193 Previous.clear(); 4194 } 4195 4196 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4197 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4198 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4199 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4200 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4201 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4202 Previous.clear(); 4203 4204 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4205 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4206 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4207 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4208 4209 NamedDecl *New; 4210 4211 bool AddToScope = true; 4212 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4213 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4214 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4215 return 0; 4216 } 4217 4218 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4219 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4220 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4221 TemplateParamLists, 4222 AddToScope); 4223 } else { 4224 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4225 TemplateParamLists); 4226 } 4227 4228 if (New == 0) 4229 return 0; 4230 4231 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4232 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4233 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4234 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4235 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4236 4237 return New; 4238} 4239 4240/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4241/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4242/// GCC compatibility). 4243static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4244 ASTContext &Context, 4245 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4246 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4247 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4248 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4249 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4250 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4251 SizeIsNegative = false; 4252 Oversized = 0; 4253 4254 if (T->isDependentType()) 4255 return QualType(); 4256 4257 QualifierCollector Qs; 4258 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4259 4260 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4261 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4262 QualType FixedType = 4263 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4264 Oversized); 4265 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4266 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4267 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4268 } 4269 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4270 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4271 QualType FixedType = 4272 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4273 Oversized); 4274 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4275 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4276 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4277 } 4278 4279 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4280 if (!VLATy) 4281 return QualType(); 4282 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4283 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4284 return QualType(); 4285 4286 llvm::APSInt Res; 4287 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4288 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4289 return QualType(); 4290 4291 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4292 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4293 SizeIsNegative = true; 4294 return QualType(); 4295 } 4296 4297 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4298 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4299 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4300 Res); 4301 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4302 Oversized = Res; 4303 return QualType(); 4304 } 4305 4306 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4307 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4308} 4309 4310static void 4311FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4312 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4313 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4314 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4315 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4316 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4317 return; 4318 } 4319 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4320 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4321 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4322 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4323 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4324 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4325 return; 4326 } 4327 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4328 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4329 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4330 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4331 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4332 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4333 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4334 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4335} 4336 4337/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4338/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4339/// GCC compatibility). 4340static TypeSourceInfo* 4341TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4342 ASTContext &Context, 4343 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4344 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4345 QualType FixedTy 4346 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4347 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4348 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4349 return 0; 4350 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4351 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4352 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4353 return FixedTInfo; 4354} 4355 4356/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4357/// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4358/// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4359/// function-scope declarations. 4360void 4361Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4362 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4363 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4364 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4365 return; 4366 4367 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4368 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4369 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4370 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4371} 4372 4373NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4374 if (ExternalSource) { 4375 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4376 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4377 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4378 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4379 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4380 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4381 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4382 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4383 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4384 } 4385 } 4386 4387 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4388 return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0; 4389} 4390 4391/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4392/// does not identify a function. 4393void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4394 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4395 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4396 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4397 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4398 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4399 4400 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4401 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4402 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4403 4404 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4405 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4406 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4407 4408 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4409 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4410 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4411} 4412 4413NamedDecl* 4414Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4415 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4416 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4417 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4418 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4419 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4420 D.setInvalidType(); 4421 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4422 DC = CurContext; 4423 Previous.clear(); 4424 } 4425 4426 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4427 4428 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4429 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4430 << 1; 4431 4432 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4433 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4434 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4435 return 0; 4436 } 4437 4438 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4439 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4440 4441 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4442 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4443 4444 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4445 4446 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4447 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4448 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4449 return ND; 4450} 4451 4452void 4453Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4454 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4455 // then it shall have block scope. 4456 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4457 // that redeclarations will match. 4458 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4459 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4460 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4461 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4462 4463 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4464 bool SizeIsNegative; 4465 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4466 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4467 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4468 SizeIsNegative, 4469 Oversized); 4470 if (FixedTInfo) { 4471 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4472 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4473 } else { 4474 if (SizeIsNegative) 4475 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4476 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4477 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4478 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4479 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4480 << Oversized.toString(10); 4481 else 4482 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4483 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4484 } 4485 } 4486 } 4487} 4488 4489 4490/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4491/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4492/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4493NamedDecl* 4494Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4495 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4496 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4497 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4498 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4499 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4500 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4501 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4502 Redeclaration = true; 4503 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4504 } 4505 4506 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4507 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4508 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4509 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4510 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4511 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4512 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4513 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4514 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4515 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4516 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4517 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4518 } 4519 4520 return NewTD; 4521} 4522 4523/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4524/// previous declaration. 4525/// 4526/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4527/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4528/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4529/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4530/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4531/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4532/// 4533/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4534/// lookup 4535/// 4536/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4537/// declared. 4538/// 4539/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4540/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4541static bool 4542isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4543 ASTContext &Context) { 4544 if (!PrevDecl) 4545 return false; 4546 4547 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4548 return false; 4549 4550 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4551 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4552 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4553 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4554 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4555 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4556 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4557 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4558 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4559 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4560 return false; 4561 4562 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4563 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4564 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4565 return false; 4566 4567 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4568 // previous declarations. 4569 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4570 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4571 4572 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4573 // isn't the same function. 4574 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4575 return false; 4576 } 4577 4578 return true; 4579} 4580 4581static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4582 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4583 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4584 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4585} 4586 4587bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4588 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4589 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4590 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4591 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4592 unsigned kind = -1U; 4593 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4594 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4595 kind = 0; // __block 4596 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4597 kind = 1; // global 4598 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4599 kind = 3; // ivar 4600 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4601 kind = 2; // field 4602 } 4603 4604 if (kind != -1U) { 4605 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4606 << kind; 4607 } 4608 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4609 // Try to infer lifetime. 4610 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4611 return false; 4612 4613 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4614 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4615 decl->setType(type); 4616 } 4617 4618 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4619 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4620 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4621 var->getTLSKind()) { 4622 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4623 << var->getType(); 4624 return true; 4625 } 4626 } 4627 4628 return false; 4629} 4630 4631static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4632 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4633 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4634 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4635 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4636 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4637 } 4638 } 4639 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4640 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4641 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4642 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4643 } 4644 } 4645 4646 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4647 // It does not apply to functions. 4648 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4649 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4650 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4651 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4652 } 4653 } 4654} 4655 4656/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4657/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4658/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4659static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4660 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4661 4662 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4663 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4664 4665 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4666 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4667 return false; 4668 4669 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4670 4671#ifndef NDEBUG 4672 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4673 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4674 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4675 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4676 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4677#endif 4678 4679 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4680 4681#ifndef NDEBUG 4682 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4683#endif 4684 4685 return isC99Inline; 4686} 4687 4688/// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4689/// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4690/// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4691/// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4692/// 4693/// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4694/// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4695/// 4696/// For instance: 4697/// 4698/// auto x = []{}; 4699/// 4700/// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4701/// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4702/// 4703/// FIXME: This is a hack. 4704template<typename T> 4705static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4706 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4707 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4708 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4709 return false; 4710 } 4711 return D->isExternC(); 4712} 4713 4714static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4715 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4716 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4717 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4718 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4719 return true; 4720 if (DC->isRecord()) 4721 return false; 4722 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4723} 4724 4725static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4726 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4727 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4728 return true; 4729 if (DC->isRecord()) 4730 return false; 4731 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4732} 4733 4734NamedDecl* 4735Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4736 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4737 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4738 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4739 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4740 4741 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4742 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4743 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4744 4745 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4746 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4747 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4748 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4749 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4750 D.setInvalidType(); 4751 } 4752 } 4753 4754 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4755 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4756 // an error here 4757 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4758 D.setInvalidType(); 4759 SC = SC_None; 4760 } 4761 4762 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4763 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4764 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4765 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4766 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4767 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4768 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4769 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4770 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4771 } 4772 4773 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4774 if (!II) { 4775 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4776 << Name; 4777 return 0; 4778 } 4779 4780 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4781 4782 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4783 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4784 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4785 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4786 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4787 // is a GNU extension. 4788 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4790 else 4791 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4792 D.setInvalidType(); 4793 } 4794 } 4795 4796 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4797 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4798 // OpenCL __local address space. 4799 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4800 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4801 } 4802 4803 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4804 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4805 // space qualifiers. 4806 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4807 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4808 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4809 } 4810 4811 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4812 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4813 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4814 // address space qualifiers. 4815 if (R->isEventT()) { 4816 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4817 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4818 D.setInvalidType(); 4819 } 4820 4821 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4822 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4823 D.setInvalidType(); 4824 } 4825 } 4826 } 4827 4828 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4829 VarDecl *NewVD; 4830 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4831 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4832 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4833 R, TInfo, SC); 4834 4835 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4836 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4837 } else { 4838 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4839 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4840 switch (SC) { 4841 case SC_None: 4842 break; 4843 case SC_Static: 4844 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4845 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4846 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4847 break; 4848 case SC_Auto: 4849 case SC_Register: 4850 case SC_Extern: 4851 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 4852 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 4853 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 4854 // of class members 4855 4856 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4857 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 4858 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4859 break; 4860 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4861 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 4862 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4863 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 4864 } 4865 } 4866 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4867 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4868 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4870 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4871 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4872 4873 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4874 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4875 if (RD->isUnion()) 4876 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4877 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4878 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4879 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4880 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4881 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4882 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4883 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4884 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4885 } 4886 } 4887 4888 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4889 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4890 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4891 bool Invalid = false; 4892 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4893 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4894 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4895 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4896 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4897 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4898 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4899 /*never a friend*/ false, 4900 isExplicitSpecialization, 4901 Invalid)) { 4902 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4903 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4904 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4905 << II 4906 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4907 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4908 return 0; 4909 } else { 4910 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4911 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4912 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4913 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4914 << II 4915 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4916 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4917 } 4918 } 4919 4920 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4921 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4922 R, TInfo, SC); 4923 4924 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4925 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4926 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4927 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4928 4929 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4930 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4931 4932 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4933 4934 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4935 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4936 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4937 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4938 } 4939 4940 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4941 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4942 } 4943 4944 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4945 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4946 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4947 4948 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4949 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 4950 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4951 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4952 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4953 // explicitly. 4954 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 4955 // 'extern'. 4956 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4957 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 4958 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4959 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4960 else 4961 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4962 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4963 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4964 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4965 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4966 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4967 else 4968 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4969 } 4970 4971 // C99 6.7.4p3 4972 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4973 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4974 // thread storage duration... 4975 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4976 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4977 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4978 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4979 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4980 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4981 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4982 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4983 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4984 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4985 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4986 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4991 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4992 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4993 << 2 4994 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4995 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4996 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4997 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4998 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4999 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5000 else 5001 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5002 } 5003 5004 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5005 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5006 5007 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5008 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5009 5010 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5011 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5012 // storage [duration]." 5013 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5014 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5015 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5016 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5017 } 5018 } 5019 5020 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5021 // retainable type. 5022 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5023 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5024 5025 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5026 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5027 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5028 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5029 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5030 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5031 switch (SC) { 5032 case SC_None: 5033 case SC_Auto: 5034 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5035 break; 5036 case SC_Register: 5037 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5038 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5039 break; 5040 case SC_Static: 5041 case SC_Extern: 5042 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5043 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5044 break; 5045 } 5046 } 5047 5048 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5049 Context, Label)); 5050 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5051 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5052 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5053 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5054 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5055 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5056 } 5057 } 5058 5059 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5060 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5061 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5062 5063 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5064 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5065 // declaration has linkage). 5066 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5067 isExplicitSpecialization); 5068 5069 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5070 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5071 } else { 5072 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5073 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5074 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5075 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5076 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5077 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5078 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5079 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5080 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5081 Previous.clear(); 5082 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5083 } 5084 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5085 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5087 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5088 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5089 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5090 } 5091 5092 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5093 5094 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5095 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5096 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5097 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5098 } 5099 5100 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5101 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5102 5103 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5104 // the map of such variables. 5105 if (!NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5106 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5107 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5108 5109 return NewVD; 5110} 5111 5112/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5113/// -Wshadow. 5114/// 5115/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5116/// scope. 5117/// 5118/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5119/// \param R the lookup of the name 5120/// 5121void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5122 // Return if warning is ignored. 5123 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5124 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5125 return; 5126 5127 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5128 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5129 return; 5130 5131 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5132 5133 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5134 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5135 return; 5136 5137 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5138 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5139 return; 5140 5141 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5142 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5143 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5144 if (MD->isStatic()) 5145 return; 5146 5147 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5148 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5149 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5150 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5151 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5152 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5153 I != E; ++I) 5154 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5155 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5156 break; 5157 } 5158 } 5159 5160 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5161 5162 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5163 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5164 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5165 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5166 return; 5167 5168 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5169 // static data members from base classes? 5170 5171 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5172 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5173 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5174 } 5175 5176 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5177 unsigned Kind; 5178 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5179 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5180 Kind = 3; // field 5181 else 5182 Kind = 2; // static data member 5183 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5184 Kind = 1; // global 5185 else 5186 Kind = 0; // local 5187 5188 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5189 5190 // Emit warning and note. 5191 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5192 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5193} 5194 5195/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5196void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5197 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5198 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5199 return; 5200 5201 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5202 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5203 LookupName(R, S); 5204 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5205} 5206 5207/// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5208/// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5209template<typename T> 5210static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5211 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5212 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5213 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5214 5215 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5216 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5217 // declaration. 5218 return false; 5219 } 5220 5221 if (Prev) { 5222 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5223 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5224 // redeclaration. 5225 Previous.clear(); 5226 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5227 return true; 5228 } 5229 5230 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5231 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5232 // declaration. 5233 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5234 return false; 5235 } else { 5236 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5237 // translation unit which might conflict. 5238 if (IsGlobal) { 5239 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5240 IsGlobal = false; 5241 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5242 I != E; ++I) { 5243 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5244 Prev = *I; 5245 break; 5246 } 5247 } 5248 } else { 5249 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5250 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5251 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5252 I != E; ++I) { 5253 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5254 Prev = *I; 5255 break; 5256 } 5257 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5258 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5259 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5260 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5261 // diagnostic. 5262 } 5263 } 5264 5265 if (!Prev) 5266 return false; 5267 } 5268 5269 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5270 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5271 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5272 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5273 Prev = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 5274 else 5275 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDeclaration(); 5276 5277 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5278 << IsGlobal << ND; 5279 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5280 << IsGlobal; 5281 return false; 5282} 5283 5284/// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5285/// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5286/// 5287/// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5288/// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5289/// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5290/// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5291/// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5292template<typename T> 5293static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5294 LookupResult &Previous) { 5295 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5296 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5297 // variable declared in function scope. 5298 // 5299 // FIXME: The corresponding case in C++ does not work. We should instead 5300 // set the semantic DC for an extern local variable to be the innermost 5301 // enclosing namespace, and ensure they are only found by redeclaration 5302 // lookup. 5303 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5304 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5305 Previous.clear(); 5306 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5307 return true; 5308 } 5309 } 5310 return false; 5311 } 5312 5313 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5314 // declaration. 5315 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5316 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5317 5318 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5319 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5320 // in another scope. 5321 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5322 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5323 5324 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5325 return false; 5326} 5327 5328void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5329 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5330 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5331 return; 5332 5333 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5334 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5335 5336 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5337 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5338 return; 5339 5340 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5341 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5342 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5343 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5344 NewVD->setType(T); 5345 } 5346 5347 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5348 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5349 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5350 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5351 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5352 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5353 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5354 return; 5355 } 5356 5357 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5358 // __constant address space. 5359 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5360 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5361 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5362 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5363 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5364 return; 5365 } 5366 5367 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5368 // scope. 5369 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5370 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5371 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5372 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5373 return; 5374 } 5375 5376 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5377 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5378 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5379 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5380 else { 5381 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5382 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5383 } 5384 } 5385 5386 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5387 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5388 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5389 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5390 5391 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5392 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5393 bool SizeIsNegative; 5394 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5395 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5396 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5397 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5398 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5399 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5400 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5401 // int a[10][n]; 5402 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5403 5404 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5405 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5406 << SizeRange; 5407 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5408 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5409 << SizeRange; 5410 else 5411 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5412 << SizeRange; 5413 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5414 return; 5415 } 5416 5417 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5418 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5419 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5420 else 5421 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5422 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5423 return; 5424 } 5425 5426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5427 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5428 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5429 } 5430 5431 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5432 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5433 // of objects and functions. 5434 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5435 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5436 << T; 5437 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5438 return; 5439 } 5440 } 5441 5442 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5443 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5444 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5445 return; 5446 } 5447 5448 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5449 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5450 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5451 return; 5452 } 5453 5454 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5455 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5456 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5457 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5458 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5459 return; 5460 } 5461} 5462 5463/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5464/// declaration. 5465/// 5466/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5467/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5468/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5469/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5470/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5471/// 5472/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5473/// 5474/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5475bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5476 LookupResult &Previous) { 5477 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5478 5479 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5480 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5481 return false; 5482 5483 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5484 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5485 // 5486 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5487 // The actual standards text here is: 5488 // 5489 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5490 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5491 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5492 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5493 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5494 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5495 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5496 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5497 // 5498 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5499 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5500 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5501 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5502 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5503 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5504 // 5505 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5506 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5507 // not in scope. 5508 bool PreviousWasHidden = 5509 Previous.empty() && 5510 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous); 5511 5512 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5513 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5514 5515 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5516 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5517 return true; 5518 } 5519 return false; 5520} 5521 5522/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5523struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5524 Sema *S; 5525 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5526}; 5527 5528/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5529/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5530/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5531static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5532 CXXBasePath &Path, 5533 void *UserData) { 5534 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5535 5536 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5537 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5538 5539 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5540 5541 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5542 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5543 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5544 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5545 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5546 5547 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5548 } 5549 5550 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5551 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5552 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5553 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5554 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5555 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5556 return true; 5557 } 5558 } 5559 5560 return false; 5561} 5562 5563namespace { 5564 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5565} 5566/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5567/// overriden methods. 5568/// 5569/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5570/// \param MD the overriding method. 5571/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5572static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5573 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5574 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5575 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5576 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5577 I != E; ++I) { 5578 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5579 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5580 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5581 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5582 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5583 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5584 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5585 } 5586} 5587 5588/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5589/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5590bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5591 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5592 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5593 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5594 Data.Method = MD; 5595 Data.S = this; 5596 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5597 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5598 bool AddedAny = false; 5599 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5600 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5601 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5602 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5603 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5604 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5605 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5606 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5607 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5608 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5609 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5610 AddedAny = true; 5611 } 5612 } 5613 } 5614 } 5615 5616 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5617 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5618 } 5619 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5620 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5621 } 5622 5623 return AddedAny; 5624} 5625 5626namespace { 5627 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5628 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5629 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5630 Scope *S; 5631 Declarator &D; 5632 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5633 bool AddToScope; 5634 }; 5635} 5636 5637namespace { 5638 5639// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5640// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5641class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5642 public: 5643 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5644 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5645 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5646 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5647 5648 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5649 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5650 return false; 5651 5652 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5653 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5654 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5655 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5656 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5657 5658 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5659 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5660 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5661 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5662 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5663 return true; 5664 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5665 return true; 5666 } 5667 } 5668 } 5669 5670 return false; 5671 } 5672 5673 private: 5674 ASTContext &Context; 5675 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5676 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5677}; 5678 5679} 5680 5681/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5682/// 5683/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5684/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5685/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5686/// the same name. 5687/// 5688/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5689/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5690static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5691 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5692 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5693 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5694 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5695 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5696 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5697 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5698 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5699 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5700 TypoCorrection Correction; 5701 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5702 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5703 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5704 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5705 5706 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5707 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5708 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5709 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5710 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5711 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5712 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5713 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5714 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5715 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5716 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5717 if (FD && 5718 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5719 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5720 // involve a parameter 5721 unsigned ParamNum = 5722 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5723 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5724 } 5725 } 5726 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5727 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5728 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5729 Validator, NewDC))) { 5730 // Trap errors. 5731 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5732 5733 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5734 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5735 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5736 Previous.clear(); 5737 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5738 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5739 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5740 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5741 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5742 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5743 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5744 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5745 } 5746 } 5747 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5748 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5749 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5750 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5751 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5752 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5753 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5754 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5755 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5756 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5757 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5758 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5759 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5760 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5761 Previous.clear(); 5762 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5763 Result = NULL; 5764 } else { 5765 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5766 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5767 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5768 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5769 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5770 } 5771 } 5772 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5773 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5774 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5775 } else { 5776 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5777 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5778 } 5779 } 5780 5781 if (Correction) { 5782 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5783 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5784 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5785 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5786 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5787 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5788 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5789 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5790 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5791 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5792 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5793 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5794 } else { 5795 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5796 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5797 } 5798 5799 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5800 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5801 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5802 5803 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5804 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5805 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5806 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5807 bool FDisConst = false; 5808 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5809 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5810 5811 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5812 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5813 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5814 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5815 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5816 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5817 } else if (Correction) { 5818 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5819 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5820 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5821 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5822 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5823 } else 5824 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5825 } 5826 return Result; 5827} 5828 5829static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5830 Declarator &D) { 5831 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5832 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5833 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5834 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5835 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5836 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5837 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5838 D.setInvalidType(); 5839 break; 5840 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5841 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5842 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5843 return SC_None; 5844 return SC_Extern; 5845 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5846 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5847 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5848 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5849 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5850 // other than extern 5851 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5852 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5853 diag::err_static_block_func); 5854 break; 5855 } else 5856 return SC_Static; 5857 } 5858 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5859 } 5860 5861 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5862 return SC_None; 5863} 5864 5865static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5866 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5867 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5868 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5869 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5870 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5871 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5872 5873 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5874 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5875 5876 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5877 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5878 // prototype. This true when: 5879 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5880 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5881 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5882 bool HasPrototype = 5883 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5884 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5885 5886 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5887 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5888 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5889 HasPrototype, false); 5890 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5891 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5892 5893 // Set the lexical context. 5894 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5895 5896 return NewFD; 5897 } 5898 5899 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5900 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5901 5902 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5903 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5904 // the class has been completely parsed. 5905 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5906 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5907 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5908 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5909 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5910 D.setInvalidType(); 5911 5912 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5913 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5914 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5915 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5916 5917 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5918 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5919 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5920 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5921 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5922 isConstexpr); 5923 5924 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5925 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5926 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5927 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5928 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5929 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5930 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5931 D.getLocStart(), 5932 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5933 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5934 5935 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5936 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5937 // it yet. 5938 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5939 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5940 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5941 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5942 } 5943 5944 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 5945 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 5946 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 5947 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 5948 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 5949 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 5950 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 5951 } 5952 5953 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5954 return NewDD; 5955 5956 } else { 5957 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5958 D.setInvalidType(); 5959 5960 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5961 // code path. 5962 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5963 D.getLocStart(), 5964 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5965 SC, isInline, 5966 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5967 } 5968 5969 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5970 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5971 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5972 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5973 return 0; 5974 } 5975 5976 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5977 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5978 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5979 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5980 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5981 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5982 5983 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5984 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5985 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5986 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5987 // constructor if it has no return type). 5988 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5989 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5990 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5991 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5992 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5993 return 0; 5994 } 5995 5996 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5997 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5998 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5999 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6000 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6001 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6002 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6003 return Ret; 6004 } else { 6005 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6006 // prototype. This true when: 6007 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6008 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6009 D.getLocStart(), 6010 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6011 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6012 } 6013} 6014 6015void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 6016 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 6017 // typedef of void is not permitted. 6018 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6019 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 6020 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 6021 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 6022 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 6023 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 6024 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 6025 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 6026 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 6027 << IsTypeAlias; 6028 } 6029} 6030 6031NamedDecl* 6032Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6033 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6034 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6035 bool &AddToScope) { 6036 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6037 6038 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6039 6040 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6041 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6042 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6043 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6044 6045 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6047 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6048 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6049 6050 bool isFriend = false; 6051 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6052 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6053 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6054 6055 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6056 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6057 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6058 6059 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6060 6061 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6062 isVirtualOkay); 6063 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6064 6065 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6066 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6067 6068 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6069 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6070 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6071 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6072 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6073 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6074 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6075 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6076 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6077 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6078 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6079 } 6080 6081 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6082 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6083 // return true). 6084 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6085 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6086 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6087 NewFD->setPure(true); 6088 } 6089 6090 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6091 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6092 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6093 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6094 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6095 6096 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 6097 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 6098 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6099 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6100 6101 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6102 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6103 bool Invalid = false; 6104 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6105 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6106 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6107 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6108 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6109 TemplateParamLists.data(), 6110 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6111 isFriend, 6112 isExplicitSpecialization, 6113 Invalid)) { 6114 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6115 // This is a function template 6116 6117 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6118 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6119 return 0; 6120 6121 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6122 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6123 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6124 return 0; 6125 } 6126 6127 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6128 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6129 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6130 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6131 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6132 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6133 Invalid = true; 6134 } 6135 6136 6137 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6138 NewFD->getLocation(), 6139 Name, TemplateParams, 6140 NewFD); 6141 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6142 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6143 6144 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6145 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6146 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6147 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6148 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6149 } 6150 } else { 6151 // This is a function template specialization. 6152 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6153 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6154 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6155 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6156 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6157 6158 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6159 if (isFriend) { 6160 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6161 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6162 6163 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6164 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6165 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6166 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6167 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6168 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6169 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6170 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6171 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6172 } 6173 6174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6175 << Name << RemoveRange 6176 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6177 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6178 } 6179 } 6180 } 6181 else { 6182 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6183 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6184 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6185 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6186 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6187 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6188 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6189 } 6190 6191 if (Invalid) { 6192 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6193 if (FunctionTemplate) 6194 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6195 } 6196 6197 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6198 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6199 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6200 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6201 // 6202 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6203 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6204 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6205 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6206 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6207 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6208 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6209 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6210 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6211 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6212 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6213 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6214 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6215 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6216 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6217 } else { 6218 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6219 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6220 } 6221 6222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6223 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6224 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6225 } 6226 6227 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6228 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6229 // declaration. 6230 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6231 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6232 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6233 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6234 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6235 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6236 } 6237 } 6238 6239 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6240 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6241 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6242 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6243 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6244 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6245 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6246 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6247 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6248 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6249 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6250 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6251 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6252 // or conversion function. 6253 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6254 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6255 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6256 } 6257 } 6258 6259 if (isConstexpr) { 6260 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6261 // are implicitly inline. 6262 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6263 6264 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6265 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6266 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6267 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6268 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6269 } 6270 6271 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6272 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6273 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6274 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6275 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6276 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6277 << 0 6278 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6279 } else { 6280 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6281 if (FunctionTemplate) 6282 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6283 } 6284 } 6285 6286 if (isFriend) { 6287 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6288 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6289 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6290 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6291 } 6292 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6293 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6294 } 6295 6296 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6297 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6298 case FDK_Declaration: 6299 case FDK_Definition: 6300 break; 6301 6302 case FDK_Defaulted: 6303 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6304 break; 6305 6306 case FDK_Deleted: 6307 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6308 break; 6309 } 6310 6311 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6312 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6313 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6314 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6315 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6316 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6317 } 6318 6319 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6320 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6321 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6322 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6323 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6324 // the class. 6325 6326 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6327 // member function definition. 6328 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6329 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6330 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6331 } 6332 6333 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6334 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6335 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6336 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6337 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6338 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6339 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6340 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6341 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6342 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6343 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6344 } 6345 } 6346 6347 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6348 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6349 isExplicitSpecialization || 6350 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6351 6352 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6353 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6354 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6355 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6356 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6357 SE->getString())); 6358 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6359 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6360 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6361 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6362 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6363 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6364 } 6365 } 6366 6367 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6368 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6369 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6370 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6371 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6372 6373 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6374 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6375 // single void argument. 6376 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6377 // already checks for that case. 6378 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6379 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6380 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6381 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6382 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6383 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6384 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6385 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6386 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6387 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6388 Params.push_back(Param); 6389 6390 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6391 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6392 } 6393 } 6394 6395 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6396 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6397 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6398 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6399 // 6400 // @code 6401 // typedef void fn(int); 6402 // fn f; 6403 // @endcode 6404 6405 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6406 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6407 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6408 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6409 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6410 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6411 Params.push_back(Param); 6412 } 6413 } else { 6414 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6415 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6416 } 6417 6418 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6419 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6420 6421 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6422 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6423 // 6424 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6425 // 6426 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6427 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6428 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6429 6430 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6431 NewFD->addAttr( 6432 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6433 Context)); 6434 6435 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6436 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6437 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6438 6439 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6440 // because all functions have linkage. 6441 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6442 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6443 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6444 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6445 } 6446 6447 // Handle attributes. 6448 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6449 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6450 6451 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6452 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6453 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6454 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6455 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6456 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6457 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6458 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6459 Context)); 6460 } 6461 } 6462 6463 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6464 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6465 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6466 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6467 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6468 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6469 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6470 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6471 } 6472 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6473 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6474 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6475 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6476 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6477 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6478 } else { 6479 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6480 // argument list into our AST format. 6481 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6482 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6483 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6484 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6485 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6486 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6487 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6488 TemplateArgs); 6489 6490 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6491 6492 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6493 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6494 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6495 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6497 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6498 6499 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6500 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6501 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6502 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6503 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6504 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6505 // too few of them). 6506 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6507 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6508 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6509 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6510 "template<> "); 6511 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6512 } else { 6513 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6514 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6515 } 6516 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6517 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6518 // wrote something like: 6519 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6520 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6521 // friend void foo<>(int); 6522 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6523 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6524 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6525 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6526 } 6527 6528 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6529 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6530 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6531 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6532 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6533 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6534 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6535 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6536 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6537 InstantiationDependent))) { 6538 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6539 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6540 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6541 Previous)) 6542 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6543 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6544 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6545 && !isFriend) { 6546 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6547 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6548 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6549 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6550 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6551 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6552 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6553 Previous)) 6554 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6555 6556 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6557 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6558 // specialization (14.7.3) 6559 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 6560 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 6561 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 6562 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6563 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6564 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6565 << SC 6566 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6567 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6568 6569 else 6570 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6571 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6572 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6573 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6574 } 6575 6576 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6577 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6578 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6579 } 6580 6581 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6582 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6583 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6584 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6585 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6586 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6587 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6588 } else { 6589 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6590 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6591 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6592 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6593 } 6594 } 6595 6596 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6597 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6598 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6599 6600 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6601 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6602 : NewFD); 6603 6604 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6605 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6606 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6607 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6608 6609 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6610 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6611 6612 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6613 } 6614 6615 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6616 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6617 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6618 6619 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6620 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6621 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6622 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6623 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6624 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6625 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6626 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6627 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6628 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6629 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6630 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6631 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6632 DC->isDependentContext()) 6633 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6634 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6635 } 6636 6637 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6638 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6639 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6640 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6641 AddToScope }; 6642 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6643 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6644 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6645 6646 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6647 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6648 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6649 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6650 6651 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6652 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6653 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6654 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6655 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6656 // can actually do this check immediately. 6657 if (isFriend && 6658 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6659 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6660 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6661 // ignore these 6662 } else { 6663 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6664 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6665 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6666 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6667 // 6668 // class X { 6669 // void f() const; 6670 // }; 6671 // 6672 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6673 // 6674 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6675 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6676 // whether the parameter types are references). 6677 6678 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6679 NewFD, 6680 ExtraArgs)) { 6681 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6682 return Result; 6683 } 6684 } 6685 6686 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6687 // to something. 6688 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6689 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6690 NewFD, 6691 ExtraArgs)) { 6692 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6693 return Result; 6694 } 6695 } 6696 6697 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6698 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6699 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6700 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6701 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6702 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6703 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6704 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6705 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6706 // generate them. 6707 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6708 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6709 } 6710 } 6711 6712 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6713 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6714 6715 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6716 6717 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6718 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6719 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6720 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6721 << NewFD; 6722 6723 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6724 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6725 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6726 EPI.Variadic = true; 6727 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6728 6729 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 6730 NewFD->setType(R); 6731 } 6732 6733 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6734 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6735 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 6736 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6737 6738 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6739 // marking the function. 6740 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6741 6742 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6743 // the map of such variables. 6744 if (!NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6745 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 6746 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 6747 6748 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6749 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6750 6751 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6752 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6753 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6754 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6755 return FunctionTemplate; 6756 } 6757 } 6758 6759 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6760 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6761 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6762 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6763 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6764 D.setInvalidType(); 6765 } 6766 6767 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6768 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6769 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6770 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6771 D.setInvalidType(); 6772 } 6773 6774 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6775 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6776 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6777 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6778 6779 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6780 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6781 // pointer to a pointer type. 6782 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6783 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6784 D.setInvalidType(); 6785 } 6786 6787 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6788 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6789 // of event_t type. 6790 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6791 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6792 D.setInvalidType(); 6793 } 6794 } 6795 } 6796 6797 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6798 6799 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6800 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6801 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6802 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6803 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6804 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6805 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6806 6807 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6808 } 6809 } 6810 6811 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6812 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6813 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6814 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6815 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6816 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6817 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6818 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6819 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6820 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6821 AddToScope = false; 6822 } 6823 6824 return NewFD; 6825} 6826 6827/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6828/// 6829/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6830/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6831/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6832/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6833/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6834/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6835/// via InstantiateDecl). 6836/// 6837/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6838/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6839/// 6840/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6841/// 6842/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6843bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6844 LookupResult &Previous, 6845 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6846 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6847 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6848 6849 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6850 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6851 6852 bool Redeclaration = false; 6853 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6854 6855 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6856 // the same name, if appropriate. 6857 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6858 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6859 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6860 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6861 // function to the scope. 6862 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6863 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6864 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6865 Redeclaration = true; 6866 OldDecl = Candidate; 6867 } 6868 } else { 6869 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6870 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6871 case Ovl_Match: 6872 Redeclaration = true; 6873 break; 6874 6875 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6876 Redeclaration = true; 6877 break; 6878 6879 case Ovl_Overload: 6880 Redeclaration = false; 6881 break; 6882 } 6883 6884 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6885 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6886 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6887 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6888 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6889 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6890 if (Redeclaration) 6891 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6892 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6893 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6894 if (OverloadedDecl) 6895 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6896 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6897 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6898 Context)); 6899 } 6900 } 6901 } 6902 6903 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 6904 if (!Redeclaration && 6905 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 6906 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6907 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6908 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 6909 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 6910 Redeclaration = true; 6911 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6912 6913 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 6914 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6915 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6916 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6917 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6918 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 6919 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6920 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6921 Context)); 6922 } 6923 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 6924 Redeclaration = false; 6925 OldDecl = 0; 6926 } 6927 } 6928 } 6929 } 6930 6931 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6932 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6933 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6934 // 6935 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6936 // definition of a static member function. 6937 // 6938 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6939 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6940 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6941 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6942 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6943 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6944 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6945 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6946 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6947 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6948 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6949 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6950 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6951 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6952 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6953 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6954 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6955 6956 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6957 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6958 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6959 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6960 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6961 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6962 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6963 6964 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6965 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6966 } 6967 } 6968 } 6969 6970 if (Redeclaration) { 6971 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6972 // merged. 6973 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6974 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6975 return Redeclaration; 6976 } 6977 6978 Previous.clear(); 6979 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6980 6981 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6982 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6983 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6984 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6985 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6986 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6987 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6988 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6989 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6990 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6991 } 6992 6993 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6994 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6995 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6996 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6997 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6998 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6999 } 7000 7001 } else { 7002 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7003 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7004 7005 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7006 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7007 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7008 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7009 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7010 7011 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7012 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7013 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7014 7015 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7016 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7017 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7018 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7019 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7020 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7021 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 7022 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7023 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7024 } 7025 } 7026 } 7027 } 7028 } 7029 7030 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7031 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7032 // C++-specific checks. 7033 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7034 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7035 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7036 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7037 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7038 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7039 7040 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7041 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7042 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7043 DeclarationName Name 7044 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7045 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7046 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7047 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7048 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7049 return Redeclaration; 7050 } 7051 } 7052 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7053 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7054 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7055 } 7056 7057 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7058 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7059 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7060 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7061 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7062 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7063 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7064 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7065 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7066 } 7067 } 7068 } 7069 7070 if (Method->isStatic()) 7071 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7072 } 7073 7074 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7075 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7076 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7077 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7078 return Redeclaration; 7079 } 7080 7081 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7082 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7083 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7084 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7085 return Redeclaration; 7086 } 7087 7088 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7089 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7090 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7091 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7092 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7093 7094 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7095 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7096 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7097 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7098 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7099 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7100 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7101 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7102 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7103 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7104 } 7105 } 7106 7107 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7108 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7109 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7110 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7111 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7112 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 7113 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7114 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7115 << NewFD << R; 7116 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7117 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7118 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7119 } 7120 } 7121 return Redeclaration; 7122} 7123 7124static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7125 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7126 if (!TSI) 7127 return SourceRange(); 7128 7129 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7130 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7131 if (!FunctionTL) 7132 return SourceRange(); 7133 7134 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7135 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7136 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7137 7138 return SourceRange(); 7139} 7140 7141void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7142 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7143 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7144 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7145 // appear in a declaration of main. 7146 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7147 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7148 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7149 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7150 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7151 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7152 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7153 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7154 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7155 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7156 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7157 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7158 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7159 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7160 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7162 } 7163 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7164 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7165 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7166 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7167 } 7168 7169 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7170 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7171 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7172 7173 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7174 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7175 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7176 // set the flag which tells us that. 7177 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7178 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7179 7180 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7181 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7182 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7183 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7184 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7185 7186 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7187 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7188 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7189 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7190 7191 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7192 } else { 7193 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7194 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7195 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7196 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7197 else 7198 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7199 7200 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7201 } 7202 7203 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7204 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7205 7206 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7207 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7208 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7209 7210 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7211 7212 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7213 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7214 // getting shifty. 7215 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7216 HasExtraParameters = false; 7217 7218 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7219 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7220 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7221 nparams = 3; 7222 } 7223 7224 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7225 // if we had some location information about types. 7226 7227 QualType CharPP = 7228 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7229 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7230 7231 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7232 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7233 7234 bool mismatch = true; 7235 7236 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7237 mismatch = false; 7238 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7239 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7240 // char const ** 7241 // char const * const * 7242 // char * const * 7243 7244 QualifierCollector qs; 7245 const PointerType* PT; 7246 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7247 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7248 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7249 Context.CharTy)) { 7250 qs.removeConst(); 7251 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7252 } 7253 } 7254 7255 if (mismatch) { 7256 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7257 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7258 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7259 } 7260 } 7261 7262 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7263 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7264 } 7265 7266 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7267 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7268 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7269 } 7270} 7271 7272bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7273 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7274 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7275 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7276 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7277 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7278 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7279 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7280 // rules there don't matter.) 7281 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7282 return false; 7283 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7284 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7285 return true; 7286} 7287 7288namespace { 7289 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7290 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7291 class SelfReferenceChecker 7292 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7293 Sema &S; 7294 Decl *OrigDecl; 7295 bool isRecordType; 7296 bool isPODType; 7297 bool isReferenceType; 7298 7299 public: 7300 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7301 7302 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7303 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7304 isPODType = false; 7305 isRecordType = false; 7306 isReferenceType = false; 7307 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7308 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7309 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7310 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7311 } 7312 } 7313 7314 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7315 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7316 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7317 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7318 if (isReferenceType) 7319 return; 7320 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7321 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7322 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7323 return; 7324 } 7325 7326 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7327 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7328 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7329 return; 7330 } 7331 7332 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7333 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7334 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7335 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7336 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7337 return; 7338 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7339 } 7340 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7341 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7342 return; 7343 } 7344 } 7345 7346 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7347 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7348 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7349 if (isReferenceType) 7350 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7351 } 7352 7353 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7354 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7355 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7356 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7357 7358 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7359 } 7360 7361 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7362 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7363 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7364 7365 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7366 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7367 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7368 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7369 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7370 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7371 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7372 Warn = false; 7373 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7374 } 7375 7376 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7377 if (Warn) 7378 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7379 return; 7380 } 7381 7382 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7383 // Visit that expression. 7384 Visit(Base); 7385 } 7386 7387 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7388 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7389 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7390 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7391 7392 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7393 } 7394 7395 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7396 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7397 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7398 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7399 if (!isPODType) 7400 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7401 return; 7402 } 7403 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7404 } 7405 7406 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7407 7408 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7409 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7410 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7411 unsigned diag; 7412 if (isReferenceType) { 7413 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7414 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7415 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7416 } else { 7417 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7418 } 7419 7420 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7421 S.PDiag(diag) 7422 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7423 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7424 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7425 } 7426 }; 7427 7428 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7429 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7430 bool DirectInit) { 7431 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7432 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7433 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7434 return; 7435 7436 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7437 7438 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7439 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7440 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7441 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7442 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7443 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7444 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7445 return; 7446 7447 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7448 } 7449} 7450 7451/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7452/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7453/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7454void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7455 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7456 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7457 // the initializer. 7458 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7459 return; 7460 7461 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7462 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7463 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7464 // Thus this grotesque test. 7465 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7466 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7467 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7468 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7469 else { 7470 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7471 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7472 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7473 } 7474 return; 7475 } 7476 7477 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7478 if (!VDecl) { 7479 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7480 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7481 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7482 return; 7483 } 7484 7485 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7486 7487 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7488 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7489 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7490 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7491 // contains exactly one expression. 7492 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7493 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7494 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7495 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7496 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7497 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7498 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7499 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7500 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7501 return; 7502 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7503 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7504 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7505 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7506 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7507 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7508 return; 7509 } else { 7510 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7511 } 7512 } 7513 7514 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7515 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7516 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7517 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7518 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7519 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7520 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7521 return; 7522 } 7523 Init = Result.take(); 7524 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7525 } 7526 7527 QualType DeducedType; 7528 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7529 DAR_Failed) 7530 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7531 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7532 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7533 return; 7534 } 7535 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7536 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7537 7538 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7539 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7540 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7541 7542 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7543 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7544 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7545 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7546 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7547 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7548 SourceLocation Loc = 7549 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7550 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7551 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7552 } 7553 7554 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7555 // the previously declared type. 7556 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7557 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7558 7559 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7560 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7561 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7562 return; 7563 } 7564 7565 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7566 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7567 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7568 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7569 return; 7570 } 7571 7572 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7573 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7574 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7575 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7576 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7577 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7578 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7579 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7580 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7581 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7582 return; 7583 } 7584 7585 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7586 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7587 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7588 AbstractVariableType)) 7589 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7590 } 7591 7592 const VarDecl *Def; 7593 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7594 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7595 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7596 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7597 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7598 return; 7599 } 7600 7601 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7602 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7603 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7604 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7605 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7606 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7607 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7608 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7609 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7610 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7611 // 7612 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7613 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7614 // declaration with an initializer. 7615 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7616 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7617 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7618 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7619 return; 7620 } 7621 7622 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7623 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7624 7625 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7626 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7627 return; 7628 } 7629 } 7630 7631 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7632 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7633 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7634 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7635 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7636 return; 7637 } 7638 7639 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7640 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7641 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7642 7643 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7644 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7645 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7646 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7647 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7648 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7649 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7650 return; 7651 } 7652 Init = Result.take(); 7653 } 7654 7655 // Perform the initialization. 7656 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7657 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7658 InitializationKind Kind 7659 = DirectInit ? 7660 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7661 Init->getLocStart(), 7662 Init->getLocEnd()) 7663 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7664 VDecl->getLocation()) 7665 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7666 Init->getLocStart()); 7667 7668 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 7669 if (CXXDirectInit) 7670 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 7671 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 7672 7673 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 7674 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 7675 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7676 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7677 return; 7678 } 7679 7680 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7681 } 7682 7683 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7684 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7685 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7686 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7687 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7688 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7689 } 7690 7691 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7692 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7693 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7694 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7695 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7696 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7697 7698 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7699 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7700 7701 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7702 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7703 7704 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7705 // Although this code can still have problems: 7706 // id x = self.weakProp; 7707 // id y = self.weakProp; 7708 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7709 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7710 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7711 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7712 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7713 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7714 Init->getLocStart()); 7715 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7716 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7717 } 7718 } 7719 7720 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7721 // 7722 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7723 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7724 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7725 // 7726 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7727 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7728 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7729 // 7730 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7731 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7732 false, 7733 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7734 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7735 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7736 return; 7737 } 7738 Init = Result.take(); 7739 7740 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7741 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7742 7743 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7744 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7745 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7746 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7747 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7748 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7749 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7750 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7751 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7752 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7753 // 7754 // struct S { 7755 // static const int value = 17; 7756 // }; 7757 7758 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7759 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7760 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7761 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7762 // 7763 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7764 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7765 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7766 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7767 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7768 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7769 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7770 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7771 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7772 7773 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7774 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7775 7776 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7777 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7778 // type. 7779 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7780 7781 // Require constness. 7782 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7783 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7784 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7785 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7786 7787 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7788 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7789 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7790 SourceLocation Loc; 7791 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7792 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7793 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7794 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7795 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7796 ; // Nothing to check. 7797 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7798 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7799 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7800 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7801 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7802 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7803 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7804 } else { 7805 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7806 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7808 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7809 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 } 7811 7812 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7813 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7814 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7815 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7817 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7818 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7819 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7820 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7821 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7822 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7823 } else { 7824 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7825 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7826 7827 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7828 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7829 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7830 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7831 } 7832 } 7833 7834 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7835 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7836 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7837 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7838 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7839 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7840 7841 } else { 7842 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7843 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7844 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7845 } 7846 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7847 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7848 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7849 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7850 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7851 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7852 7853 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7854 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7855 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7856 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7857 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7858 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7859 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7860 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7861 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7862 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7863 // initialization. 7864 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7865 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7866 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7867 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7868 } 7869 } 7870 7871 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7872 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7873 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7874 // 7875 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7876 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7877 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7878 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7879 // special case code. 7880 7881 // C++ 8.5p11: 7882 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7883 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7884 // class type. 7885 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7886 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7887 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7888 } else if (DirectInit) { 7889 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7890 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7891 } 7892 7893 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7894} 7895 7896/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7897/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7898/// of sanity. 7899void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7900 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7901 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7902 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7903 7904 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7905 if (!VD) return; 7906 7907 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7908 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7909 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7910 return; 7911 } 7912 7913 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7914 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7915 7916 // Require a complete type. 7917 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7918 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7919 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7920 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7921 return; 7922 } 7923 7924 // Require an abstract type. 7925 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7926 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7927 AbstractVariableType)) { 7928 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7929 return; 7930 } 7931 7932 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7933 // though. 7934} 7935 7936void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7937 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7938 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7939 if (RealDecl == 0) 7940 return; 7941 7942 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7943 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7944 7945 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7946 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7947 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7948 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7949 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7950 return; 7951 } 7952 7953 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7954 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7955 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7956 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7957 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7958 // member. 7959 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7960 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7961 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7962 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7963 << Var->getDeclName(); 7964 else 7965 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7966 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7967 return; 7968 } 7969 7970 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7971 case VarDecl::Definition: 7972 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7973 break; 7974 7975 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7976 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7977 // a declaration. 7978 // 7979 // Fall through 7980 7981 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7982 // It's only a declaration. 7983 7984 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7985 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7986 // object shall be complete. 7987 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7988 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7989 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7990 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7991 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7992 7993 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7994 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7995 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7996 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7997 AbstractVariableType)) 7998 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7999 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8000 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8001 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8002 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8003 } 8004 8005 return; 8006 8007 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8008 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8009 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8010 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8011 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8012 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8013 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8014 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8015 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8016 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8017 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8018 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8019 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8020 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8021 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8022 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8023 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8024 // NOTE: code such as the following 8025 // static struct s; 8026 // struct s { int a; }; 8027 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8028 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8029 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8030 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 8031 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8032 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8033 } 8034 } 8035 8036 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8037 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8038 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8039 return; 8040 } 8041 8042 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8043 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8044 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8045 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8046 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8047 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8048 return; 8049 } 8050 8051 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8052 // definitions with reference type. 8053 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8054 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8055 << Var->getDeclName() 8056 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8057 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8058 return; 8059 } 8060 8061 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8062 // variable with dependent type. 8063 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8064 return; 8065 8066 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8067 return; 8068 8069 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8070 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8071 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8072 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8073 return; 8074 } 8075 8076 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8077 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8078 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8079 AbstractVariableType)) { 8080 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8081 return; 8082 } 8083 8084 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8085 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8086 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8087 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8088 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8089 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8090 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8091 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8092 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8093 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8094 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8095 if (const RecordType *Record 8096 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8097 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8098 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8099 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8100 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8101 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8102 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8103 } 8104 } 8105 8106 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8107 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8108 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8109 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8110 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8111 // type shall have a user-declared default 8112 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8113 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8114 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8115 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8116 // program is ill-formed. 8117 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8118 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8119 // default-initialized; [...]. 8120 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8121 InitializationKind Kind 8122 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8123 8124 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8125 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8126 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8127 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8128 else if (Init.get()) { 8129 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8130 // This is important for template substitution. 8131 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8132 } 8133 8134 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8135 } 8136} 8137 8138void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8139 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8140 if (!VD) { 8141 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8142 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8143 return; 8144 } 8145 8146 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8147 8148 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8149 int Error = -1; 8150 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8151 case SC_None: 8152 break; 8153 case SC_Extern: 8154 Error = 0; 8155 break; 8156 case SC_Static: 8157 Error = 1; 8158 break; 8159 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8160 Error = 2; 8161 break; 8162 case SC_Auto: 8163 Error = 3; 8164 break; 8165 case SC_Register: 8166 Error = 4; 8167 break; 8168 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8169 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8170 } 8171 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8172 Error = 5; 8173 if (Error != -1) { 8174 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8175 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8176 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8177 } 8178} 8179 8180void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8181 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8182 8183 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8184 // local retaining variable. 8185 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8186 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8187 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8188 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8189 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8190 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8191 break; 8192 8193 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8194 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8195 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8196 break; 8197 } 8198 } 8199 8200 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8201 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8202 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8203 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8204 var->getLocation())) { 8205 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8206 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8207 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8208 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8209 8210 if (!prev) 8211 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8212 } 8213 8214 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8215 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8216 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8217 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8218 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8219 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8220 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8221 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8222 } 8223 8224 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8225 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8226 8227 QualType type = var->getType(); 8228 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8229 8230 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8231 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8232 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8233 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8234 8235 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8236 // constructing this copy. 8237 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8238 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8239 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8240 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8241 ExprResult result 8242 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8243 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8244 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8245 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8246 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8247 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8248 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8249 } 8250 } 8251 } 8252 8253 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8254 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8255 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8256 8257 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8258 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8259 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8260 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8261 var->getLocation()) 8262 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8263 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8264 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8265 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8266 8267 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8268 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8269 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8270 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8271 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8272 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8273 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8274 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8275 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8276 Notes.clear(); 8277 } 8278 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8279 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8280 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8281 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8282 } 8283 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8284 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8285 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8286 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8287 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8288 } 8289 } 8290 8291 // Require the destructor. 8292 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8293 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8294} 8295 8296/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8297/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8298void 8299Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8300 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8301 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8302 8303 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8304 if (!VD) 8305 return; 8306 8307 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8308 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8309 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8310 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8311 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8312 8313 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8314 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8315 8316 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8317 // tag values. 8318 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8319 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8320 return; 8321 8322 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8323 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8324 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8325 I != E; ++I) { 8326 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8327 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8328 continue; 8329 } 8330 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8331 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8332 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8333 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8334 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8335 continue; 8336 } 8337 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8338 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8339 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8340 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8341 continue; 8342 } 8343 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8344 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8345 MagicValue, 8346 I->getMatchingCType(), 8347 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8348 I->getMustBeNull()); 8349 } 8350} 8351 8352Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8353Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8354 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8355 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8356 8357 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8358 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8359 8360 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8361 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8362 Decls.push_back(D); 8363 8364 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8365 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8366 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8367 8368 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8369 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8370} 8371 8372/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8373/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8374Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8375Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8376 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8377 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8378 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8379 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8380 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8381 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8382 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8383 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8384 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8385 QualType Deduced; 8386 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8387 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8388 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8389 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8390 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8391 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8392 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8393 break; 8394 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8395 if (!U.isNull()) { 8396 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8397 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8398 Deduced = U; 8399 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8400 DeducedDecl = D; 8401 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8402 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8403 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8404 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8405 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8406 << U << D->getDeclName() 8407 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8408 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8409 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8410 break; 8411 } 8412 } 8413 } 8414 } 8415 } 8416 8417 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8418 8419 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8420} 8421 8422void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8423 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8424} 8425 8426void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8427 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8428 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8429 return; 8430 8431 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8432 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8433 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8434 return; 8435 8436 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8437 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8438 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8439 // additional declaration references: 8440 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8441 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8442 // 'struct S *pS;' 8443 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8444 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8445 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8446 Group++; 8447 NumDecls--; 8448 } 8449 } 8450 8451 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8452 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8453 if (!Comments.empty() && 8454 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8455 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8456 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8457 // 8458 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8459 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8460 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8461 // ahead through comments. 8462 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8463 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8464 } 8465} 8466 8467/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8468/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8469Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8470 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8471 8472 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8473 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8474 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8475 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8476 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8477 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8478 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8479 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8480 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8481 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8482 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8483 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8484 } 8485 8486 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8487 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8488 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8489 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8490 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8491 << 0; 8492 8493 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8494 8495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8496 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8497 8498 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8499 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8500 // parameter. 8501 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8502 8503 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8504 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8505 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8506 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8507 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8508 } 8509 } 8510 8511 // Ensure we have a valid name 8512 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8513 if (D.hasName()) { 8514 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8515 if (!II) { 8516 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8517 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8518 D.setInvalidType(true); 8519 } 8520 } 8521 8522 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8523 if (II) { 8524 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8525 ForRedeclaration); 8526 LookupName(R, S); 8527 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8528 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8529 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8530 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8531 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8532 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8533 PrevDecl = 0; 8534 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8535 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8536 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8537 8538 // Recover by removing the name 8539 II = 0; 8540 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8541 D.setInvalidType(true); 8542 } 8543 } 8544 } 8545 8546 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8547 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8548 // looking like class members in C++. 8549 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8550 D.getLocStart(), 8551 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8552 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8553 StorageClass); 8554 8555 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8556 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 8558 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8559 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8560 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8561 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8562 8563 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8564 S->AddDecl(New); 8565 if (II) 8566 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8567 8568 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8569 8570 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8572 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8573 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8574 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8575 8576 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8578 } 8579 return New; 8580} 8581 8582/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8583/// typedef. 8584ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8585 SourceLocation Loc, 8586 QualType T) { 8587 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8588 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8589 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8590 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8591 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8592 SC_None, 0); 8593 Param->setImplicit(); 8594 return Param; 8595} 8596 8597void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8598 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8599 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8600 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8601 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8602 return; 8603 8604 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8605 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8606 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8607 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8608 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8609 } 8610 } 8611} 8612 8613void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8614 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8615 QualType ReturnTy, 8616 NamedDecl *D) { 8617 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8618 return; 8619 8620 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8621 // threshold. 8622 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8623 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8624 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8625 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8626 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8627 } 8628 8629 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8630 // threshold. 8631 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8632 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8633 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8634 continue; 8635 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8636 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8637 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8638 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8639 } 8640} 8641 8642ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8643 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8644 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8645 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8646 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8647 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8648 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8649 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8650 8651 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8652 8653 // Special cases for arrays: 8654 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8655 // - otherwise, it's an error 8656 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8657 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8658 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8659 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8660 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8661 } 8662 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8663 } else { 8664 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8665 } 8666 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8667 } 8668 8669 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8670 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8671 TSInfo, 8672 StorageClass, 0); 8673 8674 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8675 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8676 // the class has been completely parsed. 8677 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8678 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8679 AbstractParamType)) 8680 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8681 8682 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8683 // passed by reference. 8684 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8685 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8686 Diag(NameLoc, 8687 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8688 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8689 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8690 New->setType(T); 8691 } 8692 8693 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8694 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8695 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8696 // an address space. 8697 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8698 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8699 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8700 } 8701 8702 return New; 8703} 8704 8705void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8706 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8707 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8708 8709 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8710 // for a K&R function. 8711 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8712 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8713 --i; 8714 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8715 SmallString<256> Code; 8716 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8717 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8718 << ";\n"; 8719 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8720 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8721 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8722 8723 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8724 // type. 8725 AttributeFactory attrs; 8726 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8727 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8728 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8729 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8730 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8731 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8732 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8733 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8734 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8735 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8736 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8737 } 8738 } 8739 } 8740} 8741 8742Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8743 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8744 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8745 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8746 8747 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8748 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8749 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8750} 8751 8752static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8753 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8754 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8755 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8756 return false; 8757 8758 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8759 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8760 return false; 8761 8762 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8763 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8764 return false; 8765 8766 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8767 if (FD->isMain()) 8768 return false; 8769 8770 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8771 if (FD->isInlined()) 8772 return false; 8773 8774 // Don't warn about function templates. 8775 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8776 return false; 8777 8778 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8779 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8780 return false; 8781 8782 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8783 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8784 return false; 8785 8786 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8787 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8788 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8789 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8790 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8791 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8792 continue; 8793 8794 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8795 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8796 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8797 break; 8798 } 8799 8800 return MissingPrototype; 8801} 8802 8803void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8804 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8805 // was an extern inline function. 8806 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8807 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8808 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8809 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8810 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8811 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8812 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8813 else 8814 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8815 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8816 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8817 } 8818} 8819 8820Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8821 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8822 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8823 8824 if (!D) 8825 return D; 8826 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8827 8828 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8829 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8830 else 8831 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8832 8833 // Enter a new function scope 8834 PushFunctionScope(); 8835 8836 // See if this is a redefinition. 8837 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8838 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8839 8840 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8841 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8842 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 8843 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8844 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8845 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8846 } 8847 } 8848 8849 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8850 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8851 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8852 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8853 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8854 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8855 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8856 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8857 8858 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8859 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8860 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8861 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8862 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8863 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8864 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8865 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8866 8867 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8868 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8869 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8870 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 8871 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 8872 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8873 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8874 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8875 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8876 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8877 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8878 } 8879 } 8880 } 8881 8882 if (FnBodyScope) 8883 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8884 8885 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8886 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8887 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8888 8889 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8890 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8891 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8892 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8893 8894 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8895 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8896 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8897 8898 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8899 } 8900 } 8901 8902 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8903 // introduce them into the function scope. 8904 if (FnBodyScope) { 8905 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8906 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8907 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8908 8909 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8910 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8911 // and reattach to the current context. 8912 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8913 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8914 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8915 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8916 if (*DI == D) { 8917 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8918 break; 8919 } 8920 } 8921 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8922 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8923 } 8924 8925 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8926 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8927 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8928 8929 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8930 // accessible in this scope. 8931 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8932 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8933 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8934 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8935 } 8936 } 8937 } 8938 8939 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8940 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8941 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8942 8943 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8944 // dllimport attribute. 8945 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8946 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8947 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8948 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8949 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8950 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8951 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8952 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8953 << "dllimport"; 8954 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8955 return D; 8956 } 8957 8958 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8959 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8960 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8961 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8962 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8963 // emitted. 8964 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8965 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8966 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8967 } 8968 } 8969 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8970 // a function template). 8971 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8972 return D; 8973} 8974 8975/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8976/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8977/// optimization. 8978/// 8979/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8980/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8981/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8982/// use the named return value optimization. 8983/// 8984/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8985/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8986/// the NRVO variable. 8987/// 8988/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8989/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8990/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8991void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8992 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8993 8994 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8995 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8996 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8997 return; 8998 8999 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9000 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9001 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9002 return; 9003 } 9004 9005 if (NRVOCandidate) 9006 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9007} 9008 9009bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9010 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 9011 return false; 9012 9013 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 9014 return true; 9015 9016 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9017 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9018 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9019 else 9020 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9021 9022 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9023 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9024 // rest of the file. 9025 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9026 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9027 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 9028} 9029 9030Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9031 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9032 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9033 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9034 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9035 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9036} 9037 9038Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9039 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9040} 9041 9042Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9043 bool IsInstantiation) { 9044 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9045 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 9046 if (FunTmpl) 9047 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9048 else 9049 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 9050 9051 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9052 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9053 9054 if (FD) { 9055 FD->setBody(Body); 9056 9057 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9058 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9059 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9060 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9061 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9062 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9063 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9064 << FD->getResultType(); 9065 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9066 } else { 9067 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9068 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9069 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 9070 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9071 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9072 } 9073 } 9074 9075 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9076 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9077 // is the first declaration. 9078 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9079 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9080 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9081 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9082 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9083 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9084 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9085 } 9086 9087 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9088 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9089 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9090 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9091 9092 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9093 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 9094 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 9095 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9096 9097 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9098 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9099 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9100 FD->getResultType(), FD); 9101 9102 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9103 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9104 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9105 9106 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9107 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9108 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9109 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 9110 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9111 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9112 } 9113 9114 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9115 "Function parsing confused"); 9116 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9117 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9118 MD->setBody(Body); 9119 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9120 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9121 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9122 MD->getResultType(), MD); 9123 9124 if (Body) 9125 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9126 } 9127 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9128 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9129 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9130 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9131 } 9132 } else { 9133 return 0; 9134 } 9135 9136 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9137 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9138 "handled in the block above."); 9139 9140 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9141 if (Body) { 9142 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9143 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9144 // Verify this. 9145 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9146 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9147 9148 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9149 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9150 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9151 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9152 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9153 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9154 9155 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9156 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9157 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9158 9159 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9160 Destructor->getParent()); 9161 } 9162 9163 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9164 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9165 // deletion in some later function. 9166 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9167 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9168 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9169 } 9170 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9171 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9172 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9173 // enabled. 9174 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9175 } 9176 9177 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9178 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9179 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9180 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9181 9182 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9183 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9184 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9185 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9186 } 9187 9188 if (!IsInstantiation) 9189 PopDeclContext(); 9190 9191 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9192 9193 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9194 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9195 // deletion in some later function. 9196 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9197 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9198 } 9199 9200 return dcl; 9201} 9202 9203 9204/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9205/// relevant Decl. 9206void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9207 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9208 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9209 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9210 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9211 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9212 9213 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9214 if (Method->isStatic()) 9215 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9216} 9217 9218 9219/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9220/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9221NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9222 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9223 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9224 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9225 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9226 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9227 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9228 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9229 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9230 return ExternCPrev; 9231 } 9232 9233 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9234 unsigned diag_id; 9235 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9236 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9237 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9238 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9239 else 9240 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9241 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9242 9243 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9244 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9245 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9246 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9247 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9248 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9249 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9250 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9251 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9252 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9253 9254 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9255 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9256 9257 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9258 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9259 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9260 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9261 } 9262 } 9263 9264 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9265 const char *Dummy; 9266 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9267 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9268 unsigned DiagID; 9269 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9270 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9271 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9272 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9273 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9274 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9275 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9276 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9277 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9278 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9279 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9280 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9281 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9282 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9283 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9284 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9285 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9286 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9287 EST_None, 9288 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9289 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9290 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9291 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9292 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9293 Loc, Loc, D), 9294 DS.getAttributes(), 9295 SourceLocation()); 9296 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9297 9298 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9299 9300 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9301 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9302 9303 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9304 FD->setImplicit(); 9305 9306 CurContext = PrevDC; 9307 9308 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9309 9310 return FD; 9311} 9312 9313/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9314/// the declaration of this function. 9315/// 9316/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9317/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9318/// like NSLog or printf. 9319/// 9320/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9321/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9322void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9323 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9324 return; 9325 9326 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9327 // actual attributes. 9328 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9329 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9330 unsigned FormatIdx; 9331 bool HasVAListArg; 9332 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9333 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9334 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9335 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9336 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9337 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9338 fmt = "NSString"; 9339 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9340 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9341 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9342 } 9343 } 9344 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9345 HasVAListArg)) { 9346 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9347 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9348 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9349 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9350 } 9351 9352 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9353 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9354 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9355 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9356 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9357 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9358 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9359 } 9360 9361 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9362 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9363 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9364 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9365 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9366 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9367 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9368 } 9369 9370 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9371 if (!Name) 9372 return; 9373 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9374 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9375 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9376 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9377 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9378 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9379 // about. 9380 } else 9381 return; 9382 9383 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9384 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9385 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9386 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9387 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9388 "printf", 2, 9389 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9390 } 9391 9392 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9393 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9394 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9395 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9396 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9397 } 9398} 9399 9400TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9401 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9402 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9403 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9404 9405 if (!TInfo) { 9406 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9407 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9408 } 9409 9410 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9411 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9412 D.getLocStart(), 9413 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9414 D.getIdentifier(), 9415 TInfo); 9416 9417 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9418 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9419 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9420 return NewTD; 9421 } 9422 9423 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9424 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9425 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9426 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9427 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9428 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9429 else 9430 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9431 } 9432 9433 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9434 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9435 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9436 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9437 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9438 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9439 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9440 case TST_enum: 9441 case TST_struct: 9442 case TST_interface: 9443 case TST_union: 9444 case TST_class: { 9445 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9446 9447 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9448 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9449 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9450 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9451 9452 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9453 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9454 9455 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9456 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9457 break; 9458 9459 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9460 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9461 break; 9462 } 9463 9464 default: 9465 break; 9466 } 9467 9468 return NewTD; 9469} 9470 9471 9472/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9473bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9474 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9475 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9476 9477 if (T->isDependentType()) 9478 return false; 9479 9480 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9481 if (BT->isInteger()) 9482 return false; 9483 9484 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9485 return true; 9486} 9487 9488/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9489/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9490bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9491 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9492 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9493 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9494 9495 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9496 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9497 << Prev->isScoped(); 9498 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9499 return true; 9500 } 9501 9502 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9503 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9504 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9505 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9506 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9507 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9508 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9509 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9510 return true; 9511 } 9512 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9513 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9514 << Prev->isFixed(); 9515 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9516 return true; 9517 } 9518 9519 return false; 9520} 9521 9522/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9523/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9524/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9525/// 9526/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9527static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9528 switch (Tag) { 9529 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9530 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9531 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9532 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9533 } 9534} 9535 9536/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9537/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9538/// 9539/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9540static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9541{ 9542 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9543} 9544 9545/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9546/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9547/// 9548/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9549bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9550 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9551 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9552 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9553 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9554 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9555 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9556 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9557 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9558 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9559 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9560 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9561 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9562 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9563 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9564 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9565 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9566 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9567 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9568 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9569 return true; 9570 9571 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9572 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9573 bool isTemplate = false; 9574 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9575 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9576 9577 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9578 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9579 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9580 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9581 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9582 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9583 return true; 9584 } 9585 9586 if (isDefinition) { 9587 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9588 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9589 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9590 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9591 return true; 9592 } 9593 9594 bool previousMismatch = false; 9595 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9596 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9597 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9598 if (!previousMismatch) { 9599 previousMismatch = true; 9600 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9601 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9602 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9603 } 9604 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9605 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9606 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9607 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9608 } 9609 } 9610 return true; 9611 } 9612 9613 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9614 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9615 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9616 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9617 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9618 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9619 return true; 9620 } 9621 9622 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9623 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9624 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9625 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9626 9627 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9628 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9629 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9630 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9631 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9632 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9633 } 9634 9635 return true; 9636 } 9637 return false; 9638} 9639 9640/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9641/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9642/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9643/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9644Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9645 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9646 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9647 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9648 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9649 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9650 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9651 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9652 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9653 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9654 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9655 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9656 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9657 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9658 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9659 9660 OwnedDecl = false; 9661 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9662 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9663 9664 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9665 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9666 bool Invalid = false; 9667 9668 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9669 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9670 // for non-C++ cases. 9671 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9672 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9673 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9674 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9675 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9676 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9677 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9678 isExplicitSpecialization, 9679 Invalid)) { 9680 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9681 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9682 return 0; 9683 } 9684 9685 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9686 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9687 // be a member of another template). 9688 9689 if (Invalid) 9690 return 0; 9691 9692 OwnedDecl = false; 9693 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9694 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9695 TemplateParams, AS, 9696 ModulePrivateLoc, 9697 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9698 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9699 return Result.get(); 9700 } else { 9701 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9702 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9703 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9704 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9705 } 9706 } 9707 } 9708 9709 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9710 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9711 // redeclaration. 9712 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9713 9714 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9715 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9716 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9717 // type, default to int. 9718 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9719 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9720 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9721 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9722 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9723 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9724 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9725 9726 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9727 // Recover by falling back to int. 9728 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9729 9730 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9731 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9732 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9733 9734 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9735 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9736 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9737 } 9738 9739 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9740 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9741 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9742 9743 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9744 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9745 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9746 9747 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9748 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 9749 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9750 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9751 9752 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9753 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9754 Name = 0; 9755 goto CreateNewDecl; 9756 } 9757 9758 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9759 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9760 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9761 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9762 if (!DC) { 9763 IsDependent = true; 9764 return 0; 9765 } 9766 } else { 9767 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9768 if (!DC) { 9769 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9770 << SS.getRange(); 9771 return 0; 9772 } 9773 } 9774 9775 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9776 return 0; 9777 9778 SearchDC = DC; 9779 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9780 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9781 9782 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9783 return 0; 9784 9785 if (Previous.empty()) { 9786 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9787 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9788 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9789 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9790 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9791 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9792 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9793 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9794 IsDependent = true; 9795 return 0; 9796 } 9797 9798 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9799 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9800 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9801 Name = 0; 9802 Invalid = true; 9803 goto CreateNewDecl; 9804 } 9805 } else if (Name) { 9806 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9807 // declaration or definition. 9808 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9809 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9810 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9811 LookupName(Previous, S); 9812 9813 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9814 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9815 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9816 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9817 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9818 while (F.hasNext()) { 9819 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9820 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9821 F.erase(); 9822 } 9823 F.done(); 9824 } 9825 9826 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9827 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9828 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9829 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9830 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9831 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9832 // 9833 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9834 // semantic context? 9835 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9836 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9837 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9838 while (F.hasNext()) { 9839 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9840 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9841 if (DC->isFileContext() && 9842 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 9843 F.erase(); 9844 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 9845 } 9846 } 9847 F.done(); 9848 } 9849 9850 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9851 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9852 return 0; 9853 9854 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9855 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9856 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9857 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9858 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9859 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9860 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9861 } 9862 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9863 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9864 // initial context to the translation unit. 9865 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9866 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9867 } 9868 9869 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9870 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9871 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9872 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9873 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9874 Previous.clear(); 9875 } 9876 9877 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9878 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9879 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9880 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9881 9882 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9883 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9884 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9885 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9886 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9887 } 9888 } 9889 9890 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9891 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9892 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9893 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9894 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9895 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9896 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9897 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9898 9899 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9900 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9901 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9902 // 9903 // class-key identifier 9904 // 9905 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9906 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9907 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9908 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9909 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9910 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9911 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9912 // declaration. 9913 // 9914 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9915 // C structs and unions. 9916 // 9917 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9918 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9919 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9920 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9921 // 9922 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9923 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9924 // 9925 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9926 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9927 // lexical context, 9928 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9929 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9930 9931 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9932 while (S->isClassScope() || 9933 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9934 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9935 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9936 (S->getEntity() && 9937 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9938 S = S->getParent(); 9939 } else { 9940 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9941 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9942 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9943 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9944 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9945 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9946 } 9947 9948 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9949 // diagnose some problems. 9950 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9951 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9952 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9953 } 9954 } 9955 9956 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9957 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9958 9959 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9960 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9961 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9962 // in C++. 9963 // 9964 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9965 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9966 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9967 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9968 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9969 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9970 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9971 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9972 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9973 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9974 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9975 PrevDecl = Tag; 9976 Previous.clear(); 9977 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9978 Previous.resolveKind(); 9979 } 9980 } 9981 } 9982 } 9983 9984 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9985 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9986 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9987 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9988 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9989 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9990 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9991 // struct or something similar. 9992 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9993 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9994 *Name)) { 9995 bool SafeToContinue 9996 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9997 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9998 if (SafeToContinue) 9999 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10000 << Name 10001 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10002 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10003 else 10004 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10005 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10006 10007 if (SafeToContinue) 10008 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10009 else { 10010 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10011 Name = 0; 10012 Previous.clear(); 10013 Invalid = true; 10014 } 10015 } 10016 10017 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10018 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10019 10020 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10021 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10022 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10023 if (ScopedEnum) 10024 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10025 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10026 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10027 return PrevTagDecl; 10028 } 10029 10030 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10031 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10032 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 10033 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10034 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10035 10036 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10037 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10038 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10039 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10040 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10041 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10042 } 10043 10044 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10045 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10046 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10047 // and then later defined. 10048 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10049 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10050 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10051 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10052 } 10053 10054 if (!Invalid) { 10055 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10056 10057 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10058 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10059 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10060 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10061 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10062 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10063 return PrevTagDecl; 10064 10065 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10066 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10067 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10068 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10069 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10070 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10071 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10072 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10073 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10074 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10075 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10076 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10077 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10078 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10079 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10080 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10081 } 10082 10083 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10084 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10085 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10086 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10087 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10088 else 10089 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10090 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10091 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10092 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10093 // references get the previous definition. 10094 Name = 0; 10095 Previous.clear(); 10096 Invalid = true; 10097 } 10098 } else { 10099 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10100 // about a nested redefinition. 10101 const TagType *Tag 10102 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10103 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10104 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10105 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10106 diag::note_previous_definition); 10107 Name = 0; 10108 Previous.clear(); 10109 Invalid = true; 10110 } 10111 } 10112 10113 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10114 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10115 } 10116 } 10117 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10118 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10119 10120 } else { 10121 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10122 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10123 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10124 // have distinct types. 10125 Previous.clear(); 10126 } 10127 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10128 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10129 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10130 10131 10132 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10133 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10134 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10135 } else { 10136 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10137 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10138 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10139 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10140 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10141 unsigned Kind = 0; 10142 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10143 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10144 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10145 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10146 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10147 Invalid = true; 10148 10149 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10150 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10151 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10152 // do nothing 10153 10154 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10155 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10156 unsigned Kind = 0; 10157 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10158 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10159 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10160 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10161 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10162 Invalid = true; 10163 10164 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10165 // case here. 10166 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10167 unsigned Kind = 0; 10168 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10169 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10170 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10171 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10172 Invalid = true; 10173 10174 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10175 } else { 10176 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10177 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10178 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10179 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10180 Name = 0; 10181 Invalid = true; 10182 } 10183 10184 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10185 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10186 Previous.clear(); 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190CreateNewDecl: 10191 10192 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10193 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10194 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10195 10196 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10197 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10198 // keyword. 10199 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10200 10201 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10202 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10203 // PrevDecl. 10204 TagDecl *New; 10205 10206 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10207 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10208 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10209 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10210 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10211 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10212 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10213 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10214 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10215 TagDecl *Def; 10216 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10217 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10218 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10219 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10220 } 10221 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10222 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10223 << New; 10224 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10225 } else { 10226 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10227 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10228 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10229 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10230 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10231 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10232 10233 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10234 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10235 // the declaration context. 10236 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10237 IsForwardReference = true; 10238 } 10239 } 10240 10241 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10242 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10243 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10244 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10245 else 10246 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10247 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10248 } 10249 10250 } else { 10251 // struct/union/class 10252 10253 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10254 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10255 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10256 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10257 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10258 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10259 10260 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10261 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10262 } else 10263 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10264 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10265 } 10266 10267 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10268 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10269 if (SS.isSet()) { 10270 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10271 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10272 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10273 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10274 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10275 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10276 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10277 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10278 Invalid = true; 10279 10280 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10281 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10282 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10283 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10284 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10285 } 10286 } 10287 else 10288 Invalid = true; 10289 } 10290 10291 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10292 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10293 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10294 // 10295 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10296 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10297 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10298 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10299 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10300 // parsing of the struct). 10301 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10302 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10303 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10304 } 10305 } 10306 10307 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10308 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10309 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10310 << 2 10311 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10312 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10313 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10314 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10315 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10316 New->setModulePrivate(); 10317 } 10318 10319 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10320 // check the specialization. 10321 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10322 Invalid = true; 10323 10324 if (Invalid) 10325 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10326 10327 if (Attr) 10328 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10329 10330 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10331 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10332 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10333 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10334 10335 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10336 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10337 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10338 10339 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10340 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10341 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10342 // the tag name visible. 10343 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10344 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10345 (!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 10346 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)); 10347 10348 // Set the access specifier. 10349 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10350 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10351 10352 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10353 New->startDefinition(); 10354 10355 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10356 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10357 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10358 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10359 if (PrevDecl) 10360 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10361 10362 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10363 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10364 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10365 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10366 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10367 } else if (Name) { 10368 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10369 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10370 if (IsForwardReference) 10371 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10372 10373 } else { 10374 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10375 } 10376 10377 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10378 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10379 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10380 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10381 II->isStr("FILE")) 10382 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10383 10384 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10385 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10386 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10387 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10388 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10389 10390 if (PrevDecl) 10391 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10392 10393 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10394 // record. 10395 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10396 10397 OwnedDecl = true; 10398 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10399 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10400 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10401} 10402 10403void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10404 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10405 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10406 10407 // Enter the tag context. 10408 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10409 10410 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10411 10412 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10413 // record. 10414 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10415} 10416 10417Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10418 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10419 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10420 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10421 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10422 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10423 CurContext = OCD; 10424 return IDecl; 10425} 10426 10427void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10428 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10429 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10430 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10431 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10432 10433 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10434 10435 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10436 return; 10437 10438 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10439 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10440 10441 // C++ [class]p2: 10442 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10443 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10444 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10445 // as if it were a public member name. 10446 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10447 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10448 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10449 Record->getIdentifier(), 10450 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10451 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10452 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10453 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10454 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10455 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10456 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10457 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10458 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10459 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10460} 10461 10462void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10463 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10464 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10465 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10466 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10467 10468 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10469 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10470 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10471 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10472 RD->completeDefinition(); 10473 } 10474 10475 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10476 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10477 10478 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10479 PopDeclContext(); 10480 10481 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10482 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10483 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10484 10485 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10486 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10487} 10488 10489void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10490 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10491 PopDeclContext(); 10492} 10493 10494void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10495 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10496 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10497 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10498} 10499 10500void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10501 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10502 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10503} 10504 10505void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10506 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10507 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10508 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10509 10510 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10511 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10512 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10513 RD->completeDefinition(); 10514 } 10515 10516 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10517 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10518 // the FieldCollector. 10519 10520 PopDeclContext(); 10521} 10522 10523// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10524ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10525 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10526 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10527 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10528 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10529 if (ZeroWidth) 10530 *ZeroWidth = true; 10531 10532 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10533 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10534 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10535 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10536 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10537 return ExprError(); 10538 if (FieldName) 10539 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10540 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10541 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10542 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10543 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10544 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10545 return ExprError(); 10546 10547 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10548 // it now. 10549 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10550 return Owned(BitWidth); 10551 10552 llvm::APSInt Value; 10553 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10554 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10555 return ICE; 10556 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10557 10558 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10559 *ZeroWidth = false; 10560 10561 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10562 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10563 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10564 10565 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10566 if (FieldName) 10567 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10568 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10569 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10570 << Value.toString(10); 10571 } 10572 10573 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10574 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10575 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10576 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10577 if (FieldName) 10578 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10579 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10580 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10581 10582 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10583 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10584 } 10585 10586 if (FieldName) 10587 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10588 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10589 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10590 else 10591 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10592 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10593 } 10594 } 10595 10596 return Owned(BitWidth); 10597} 10598 10599/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10600/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10601Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10602 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10603 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10604 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10605 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10606 return Res; 10607} 10608 10609/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10610/// 10611FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10612 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10613 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10614 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10615 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10616 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10617 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10618 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10619 10620 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10621 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10622 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10623 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10624 10625 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10626 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10627 D.setInvalidType(); 10628 T = Context.IntTy; 10629 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10630 } 10631 } 10632 10633 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10634 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10636 D.setInvalidType(); 10637 } 10638 10639 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10640 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10641 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10643 D.setInvalidType(); 10644 } 10645 10646 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10647 10648 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10649 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10650 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10651 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10652 10653 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10654 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10655 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10656 LookupName(Previous, S); 10657 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10658 case LookupResult::Found: 10659 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10660 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10661 break; 10662 10663 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10664 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10665 break; 10666 10667 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10668 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10669 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10670 break; 10671 } 10672 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10673 10674 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10675 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10676 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10677 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10678 PrevDecl = 0; 10679 } 10680 10681 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10682 PrevDecl = 0; 10683 10684 bool Mutable 10685 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10686 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10687 FieldDecl *NewFD 10688 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10689 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10690 10691 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10692 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10693 10694 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10695 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10696 10697 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10698 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10699 // with the same name in the same scope. 10700 } else if (II) { 10701 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10702 } else 10703 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10704 10705 return NewFD; 10706} 10707 10708/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10709/// 10710/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10711/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10712/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10713/// created. 10714/// 10715/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10716/// 10717/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10718FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10719 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10720 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10721 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10722 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10723 SourceLocation TSSL, 10724 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10725 Declarator *D) { 10726 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10727 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10728 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10729 10730 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10731 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10732 if (T.isNull()) { 10733 InvalidDecl = true; 10734 T = Context.IntTy; 10735 } 10736 10737 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10738 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10739 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10740 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10741 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10742 InvalidDecl = true; 10743 } else { 10744 NamedDecl *Def; 10745 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10746 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10747 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10748 InvalidDecl = true; 10749 } 10750 } 10751 } 10752 10753 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10754 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10755 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10756 InvalidDecl = true; 10757 } 10758 10759 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10760 // than a variably modified type. 10761 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10762 bool SizeIsNegative; 10763 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10764 10765 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10766 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10767 SizeIsNegative, 10768 Oversized); 10769 if (FixedTInfo) { 10770 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10771 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10772 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10773 } else { 10774 if (SizeIsNegative) 10775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10776 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10777 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10778 << Oversized.toString(10); 10779 else 10780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10781 InvalidDecl = true; 10782 } 10783 } 10784 10785 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10786 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10787 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10788 AbstractFieldType)) 10789 InvalidDecl = true; 10790 10791 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10792 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10793 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10794 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10795 if (!BitWidth) { 10796 InvalidDecl = true; 10797 BitWidth = 0; 10798 ZeroWidth = false; 10799 } 10800 } 10801 10802 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10803 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10804 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10805 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10806 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10807 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10808 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10809 10810 if (DiagID) { 10811 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10812 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10813 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10814 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10815 Mutable = false; 10816 InvalidDecl = true; 10817 } 10818 } 10819 10820 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10821 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10822 if (InvalidDecl) 10823 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10824 10825 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10826 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10827 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10828 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10829 } 10830 10831 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10832 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10833 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10834 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10835 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10836 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10837 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10838 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10839 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10840 // objects. 10841 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10842 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10843 } 10844 } 10845 10846 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10847 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 10848 // enabled. 10849 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10850 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 10851 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 10852 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10853 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10854 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 10855 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10856 } 10857 } 10858 } 10859 10860 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10861 // representation, not a parser representation. 10862 if (D) { 10863 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10864 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10865 10866 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10867 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10868 } 10869 10870 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10871 // retainable type. 10872 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10873 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10874 10875 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10876 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10877 10878 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10879 return NewFD; 10880} 10881 10882bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10883 assert(FD); 10884 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10885 10886 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10887 return false; 10888 10889 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10890 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10891 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10892 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10893 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10894 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10895 // copy constructors. 10896 10897 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10898 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10899 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10900 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10901 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10902 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10903 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10904 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10905 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10906 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10907 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10908 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10909 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10910 member = CXXDestructor; 10911 10912 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10913 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10914 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10915 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10916 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10917 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10918 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10919 // members unavailable. 10920 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10921 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10922 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10923 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10924 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10925 return false; 10926 } 10927 } 10928 10929 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10930 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10931 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10932 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10933 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10934 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10935 } 10936 } 10937 } 10938 10939 return false; 10940} 10941 10942/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10943/// AST enum value. 10944static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10945TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10946 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10947 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10948 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10949 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10950 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10951 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10952 } 10953} 10954 10955/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10956/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10957Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10958 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10959 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10960 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10961 10962 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10963 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10964 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10965 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10966 10967 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10968 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10969 10970 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10971 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10972 10973 if (BitWidth) { 10974 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10975 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10976 if (!BitWidth) 10977 D.setInvalidType(); 10978 } else { 10979 // Not a bitfield. 10980 10981 // validate II. 10982 10983 } 10984 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10985 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10986 D.setInvalidType(); 10987 } 10988 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10989 // than a variably modified type. 10990 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10991 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10992 D.setInvalidType(); 10993 } 10994 10995 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10996 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10997 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10998 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10999 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11000 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11001 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11002 return 0; 11003 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11004 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11005 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11006 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11007 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11008 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11009 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11010 } 11011 else 11012 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11013 } else { 11014 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11015 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11016 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11017 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11018 return 0; 11019 } 11020 } 11021 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11022 } 11023 11024 // Construct the decl. 11025 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11026 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11027 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11028 11029 if (II) { 11030 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11031 ForRedeclaration); 11032 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11033 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11034 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11035 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11036 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11037 } 11038 } 11039 11040 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11041 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11042 11043 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11044 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11045 11046 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11047 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11048 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11049 11050 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11051 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11052 11053 if (II) { 11054 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11055 // these to the interface. 11056 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11057 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11058 } 11059 11060 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11061 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11062 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11063 11064 return NewID; 11065} 11066 11067/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11068/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11069/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11070/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11071void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11072 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11073 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11074 return; 11075 11076 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11077 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11078 11079 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11080 return; 11081 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11082 if (!ID) { 11083 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11084 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11085 return; 11086 } 11087 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11088 else 11089 return; 11090 } 11091 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11092 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11093 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11094 11095 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11096 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11097 Context.CharTy, 11098 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11099 DeclLoc), 11100 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11101 true); 11102 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11103} 11104 11105void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 11106 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11107 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 11108 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 11109 AttributeList *Attr) { 11110 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11111 11112 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11113 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11114 // it will now change. 11115 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11116 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11117 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11118 default: break; 11119 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11120 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11121 break; 11122 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11123 Context. 11124 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11125 break; 11126 } 11127 } 11128 11129 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11130 11131 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11132 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11133 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11134 if (Record) { 11135 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11136 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11137 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11138 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11139 ++NumNamedMembers; 11140 } 11141 } 11142 11143 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11144 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11145 11146 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11147 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11148 i != end; ++i) { 11149 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11150 11151 // Get the type for the field. 11152 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11153 11154 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11155 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11156 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11157 } 11158 11159 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11160 // diagnostics about it. 11161 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11162 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11163 continue; 11164 } 11165 11166 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11167 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11168 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11169 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11170 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11171 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11172 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11173 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11174 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11175 // array. 11176 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11177 // Field declared as a function. 11178 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11179 << FD->getDeclName(); 11180 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11181 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11182 continue; 11183 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11184 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11185 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11186 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11187 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11188 // Flexible array member. 11189 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11190 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11191 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11192 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11193 if (Record->isUnion()) 11194 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11195 << FD->getDeclName(); 11196 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11197 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11198 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11199 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11200 if (Record->isUnion()) 11201 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11202 << FD->getDeclName(); 11203 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11204 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11205 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11206 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11207 if (Record->isUnion()) 11208 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11209 << FD->getDeclName(); 11210 else 11211 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11212 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11213 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11214 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11215 << FD->getDeclName(); 11216 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11217 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11218 continue; 11219 } 11220 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11221 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11222 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11223 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11224 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11225 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11226 continue; 11227 } 11228 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11229 if (Record) 11230 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11231 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11232 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11233 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11234 // Incomplete type 11235 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11236 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11237 continue; 11238 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11239 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11240 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11241 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11242 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11243 } else { 11244 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11245 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11246 // structures. 11247 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11248 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11249 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11250 else { 11251 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11252 // other structs as an extension. 11253 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11254 << FD->getDeclName(); 11255 if (Record) 11256 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11257 } 11258 } 11259 } 11260 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11261 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11262 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11263 AbstractIvarType)) { 11264 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11265 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11266 } 11267 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11268 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11269 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11270 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11271 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11272 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11273 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11274 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11275 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11276 FD->setType(T); 11277 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11278 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11279 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11280 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11281 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11282 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11283 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11284 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11285 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11286 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11287 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11288 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11289 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11290 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11291 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11292 } 11293 } else { 11294 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11295 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11296 } 11297 ARCErrReported = true; 11298 } 11299 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11300 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11301 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11302 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11303 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11304 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11305 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11306 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11307 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11308 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11309 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11310 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11311 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11312 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11313 } 11314 } 11315 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11316 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11317 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11318 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11319 ++NumNamedMembers; 11320 } 11321 11322 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11323 if (Record) { 11324 bool Completed = false; 11325 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11326 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11327 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11328 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11329 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11330 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11331 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11332 11333 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11334 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11335 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11336 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11337 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11338 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11339 11340 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11341 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11342 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11343 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11344 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11345 } 11346 11347 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11348 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11349 11350 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11351 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11352 // problem now. 11353 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11354 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11355 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11356 11357 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11358 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11359 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11360 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11361 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11362 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11363 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11364 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11365 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11366 continue; 11367 11368 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11369 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11370 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11371 // program is ill-formed. 11372 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11373 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11374 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11375 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11376 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11377 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11378 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11379 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11380 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11381 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11382 11383 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11384 } 11385 } 11386 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11387 Completed = true; 11388 } 11389 } 11390 } 11391 } 11392 11393 if (!Completed) 11394 Record->completeDefinition(); 11395 11396 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11397 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11398 11399 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 11400 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11401 bool ZeroSize = true; 11402 bool IsEmpty = true; 11403 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 11404 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 11405 E = Record->field_end(); 11406 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 11407 IsEmpty = false; 11408 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 11409 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 11410 ZeroSize = false; 11411 } else { 11412 ++NonBitFields; 11413 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 11414 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 11415 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 11416 ZeroSize = false; 11417 } 11418 } 11419 11420 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 11421 // C++. 11422 if (ZeroSize) 11423 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 11424 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 11425 11426 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 11427 // are accepted by GCC. 11428 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 11429 if (IsEmpty) 11430 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11431 else 11432 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11433 } 11434 } 11435 } else { 11436 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11437 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11438 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11439 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11440 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11442 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11443 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11444 } 11445 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11446 // duplicates. 11447 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11448 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11449 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11450 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11451 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11452 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11453 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11454 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11455 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11456 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11457 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11458 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11459 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11460 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11461 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11462 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11463 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11464 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11465 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11466 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11467 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11468 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11469 if (IDecl) { 11470 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11471 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11472 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11473 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11474 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11475 continue; 11476 } 11477 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11478 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11479 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11480 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11481 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11482 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11483 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11484 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11485 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11486 continue; 11487 } 11488 } 11489 } 11490 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11491 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11492 } 11493 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11494 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11495 } 11496 } 11497 11498 if (Attr) 11499 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11500} 11501 11502/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11503/// the given type T. 11504static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11505 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11506 QualType T) { 11507 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11508 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11509 11510 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11511 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11512 --BitWidth; 11513 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11514 } 11515 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11516} 11517 11518// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11519// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11520static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11521 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11522 // enum checking below. 11523 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11524 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11525 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11526 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11527 }; 11528 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11529 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11530 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11531 }; 11532 11533 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11534 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11535 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11536 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11537 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11538 return Types[I]; 11539 11540 return QualType(); 11541} 11542 11543EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11544 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11545 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11546 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11547 Expr *Val) { 11548 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11549 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11550 QualType EltTy; 11551 11552 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11553 Val = 0; 11554 11555 if (Val) 11556 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11557 11558 if (Val) { 11559 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11560 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11561 else { 11562 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11563 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11564 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11565 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11566 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11567 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11568 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11569 ExprResult Converted = 11570 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11571 CCEK_Enumerator); 11572 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11573 Val = 0; 11574 else 11575 Val = Converted.take(); 11576 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11577 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11578 &EnumVal).take())) { 11579 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11580 } else { 11581 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11582 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11583 11584 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11585 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11586 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11587 // expression checking. 11588 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11589 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11590 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11591 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11592 } else 11593 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11594 } else 11595 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11596 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11597 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11598 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11599 // is the type of its initializing value: 11600 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11601 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11602 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11603 } else { 11604 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11605 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11606 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11607 // representable as an int. 11608 11609 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11610 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11611 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11612 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11613 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11614 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11615 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11616 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11617 } 11618 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11619 } 11620 } 11621 } 11622 } 11623 11624 if (!Val) { 11625 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11626 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11627 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11628 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11629 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11630 // is the type of its initializing value: 11631 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11632 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11633 // 11634 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11635 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11636 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11637 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11638 } 11639 else { 11640 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11641 } 11642 } else { 11643 // Assign the last value + 1. 11644 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11645 ++EnumVal; 11646 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11647 11648 // Check for overflow on increment. 11649 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11650 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11651 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11652 // is the type of its initializing value: 11653 // 11654 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11655 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11656 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11657 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11658 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11659 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11660 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11661 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11662 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11663 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11664 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11665 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11666 ++EnumVal; 11667 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11668 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11669 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11670 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11671 << EltTy; 11672 else 11673 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11674 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11675 } else { 11676 EltTy = T; 11677 } 11678 11679 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11680 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11681 // value, then increment. 11682 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11683 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11684 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11685 ++EnumVal; 11686 11687 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11688 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11689 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11690 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11691 // integral type. 11692 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11693 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11694 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11695 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11696 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11697 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11698 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11699 } 11700 } 11701 } 11702 11703 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11704 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11705 // enumerator's type. 11706 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11707 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11708 } 11709 11710 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11711 Val, EnumVal); 11712} 11713 11714 11715Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11716 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11717 AttributeList *Attr, 11718 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11719 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11720 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11721 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11722 11723 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11724 // we find one that is. 11725 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11726 11727 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11728 // scope. 11729 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11730 ForRedeclaration); 11731 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11732 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11733 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11734 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11735 PrevDecl = 0; 11736 } 11737 11738 if (PrevDecl) { 11739 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11740 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11741 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11742 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11743 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11744 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11745 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11746 else 11747 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11748 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11749 return 0; 11750 } 11751 } 11752 11753 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11754 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11755 // different from T: 11756 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11757 // enumerated type 11758 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11759 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11760 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11761 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11762 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11763 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11764 11765 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11766 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11767 11768 if (New) { 11769 // Process attributes. 11770 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11771 11772 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11773 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11774 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11775 } 11776 11777 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11778 11779 return New; 11780} 11781 11782// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11783// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11784// Element2 = Element1 11785// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11786// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11787// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11788static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11789 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11790 if (!InitExpr) 11791 return true; 11792 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11793 11794 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11795 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11796 return true; 11797 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11798 if (!IL) 11799 return true; 11800 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11801 return true; 11802 11803 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11804 } 11805 11806 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11807 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11808 if (!DRE) 11809 return true; 11810 11811 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11812 if (!EnumConstant) 11813 return true; 11814 11815 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11816 Enum) 11817 return true; 11818 11819 return false; 11820} 11821 11822struct DupKey { 11823 int64_t val; 11824 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11825 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11826 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11827}; 11828 11829static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11830 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11831 false); 11832} 11833 11834struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11835 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11836 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11837 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11838 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11839 } 11840 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11841 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11842 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11843 } 11844}; 11845 11846// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11847// a previous element has already been set to. 11848static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11849 EnumDecl *Enum, 11850 QualType EnumType) { 11851 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11852 Enum->getLocation()) == 11853 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11854 return; 11855 // Avoid anonymous enums 11856 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11857 return; 11858 11859 // Only check for small enums. 11860 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11861 return; 11862 11863 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11864 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11865 11866 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11867 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11868 ValueToVectorMap; 11869 11870 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11871 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11872 11873 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11874 // an initialier. 11875 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11876 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11877 11878 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11879 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11880 if (!ECD) { 11881 return; 11882 } 11883 11884 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11885 continue; 11886 11887 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11888 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11889 11890 // First time encountering this value. 11891 if (Entry.isNull()) 11892 Entry = ECD; 11893 } 11894 11895 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11896 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11897 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11898 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11899 continue; 11900 11901 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11902 11903 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11904 if (Entry.isNull()) 11905 continue; 11906 11907 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11908 // Ensure constants are different. 11909 if (D == ECD) 11910 continue; 11911 11912 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11913 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11914 Vec->push_back(D); 11915 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11916 11917 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11918 Entry = Vec; 11919 11920 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11921 // diagnostics. 11922 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11923 continue; 11924 } 11925 11926 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11927 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11928 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11929 continue; 11930 11931 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11932 } 11933 11934 // Emit diagnostics. 11935 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11936 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11937 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11938 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11939 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11940 11941 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11942 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11943 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11944 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11945 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11946 ++I; 11947 11948 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11949 // the same value. 11950 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11951 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11952 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11953 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11954 delete Vec; 11955 } 11956} 11957 11958void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11959 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11960 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11961 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11962 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11963 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11964 11965 if (Attr) 11966 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11967 11968 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11969 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11970 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11971 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11972 if (!ECD) continue; 11973 11974 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11975 } 11976 11977 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11978 return; 11979 } 11980 11981 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11982 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11983 // emit a warning. 11984 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11985 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11986 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11987 11988 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11989 // reverse the list. 11990 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11991 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11992 11993 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11994 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11995 11996 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11997 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11998 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11999 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12000 12001 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12002 12003 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12004 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12005 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12006 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12007 else 12008 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12009 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12010 12011 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12012 if (AllElementsInt) 12013 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12014 } 12015 12016 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12017 QualType BestType; 12018 unsigned BestWidth; 12019 12020 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12021 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12022 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12023 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12024 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12025 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12026 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12027 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12028 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12029 QualType BestPromotionType; 12030 12031 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 12032 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12033 // enum definitions. 12034 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12035 Packed = true; 12036 12037 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12038 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12039 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12040 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12041 else 12042 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12043 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12044 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12045 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12046 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12047 } 12048 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12049 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12050 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12051 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12052 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12053 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12054 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12055 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12056 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12057 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12058 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12059 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12060 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12061 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12062 } else { 12063 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12064 12065 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12066 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12067 } else { 12068 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12069 12070 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12071 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12072 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12073 } 12074 } 12075 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12076 } else { 12077 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12078 // all of the enumerator values. 12079 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12080 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12081 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12082 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12083 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12084 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12085 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12086 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12087 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12088 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12089 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12090 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12091 BestPromotionType 12092 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12093 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12094 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12095 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12096 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12097 BestPromotionType 12098 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12099 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12100 } else { 12101 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12102 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12103 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12104 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12105 BestPromotionType 12106 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12107 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12108 } 12109 } 12110 12111 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12112 // the type of the enum if needed. 12113 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12114 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12115 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12116 12117 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12118 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12119 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12120 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12121 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12122 12123 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12124 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12125 12126 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12127 // the enum decl type. 12128 QualType NewTy; 12129 unsigned NewWidth; 12130 bool NewSign; 12131 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12132 !Enum->isFixed() && 12133 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12134 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12135 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12136 NewSign = true; 12137 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12138 // Already the right type! 12139 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12140 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12141 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12142 // enumeration. 12143 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12144 continue; 12145 } else { 12146 NewTy = BestType; 12147 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12148 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12149 } 12150 12151 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12152 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12153 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12154 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12155 12156 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12157 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12158 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12159 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12160 CK_IntegralCast, 12161 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12162 /*base paths*/ 0, 12163 VK_RValue)); 12164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12165 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12166 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12167 // enumeration. 12168 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12169 else 12170 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12171 } 12172 12173 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12174 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12175 12176 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12177 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12178 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12179 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12180 12181 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12182 12183 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12184 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12185 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12186} 12187 12188Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12189 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12190 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12191 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12192 12193 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12194 AsmString, StartLoc, 12195 EndLoc); 12196 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12197 return New; 12198} 12199 12200DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12201 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12202 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12203 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12204 Module::AllVisible, 12205 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12206 if (!Mod) 12207 return true; 12208 12209 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12210 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12211 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12212 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12213 // We need the length to be consistent. 12214 if (!ModCheck) 12215 break; 12216 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12217 12218 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12219 } 12220 12221 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12222 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12223 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12224 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12225 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12226 return Import; 12227} 12228 12229void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12230 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12231 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12232 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12233 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12234 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12235 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12236 12237 // Make the module visible. 12238 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12239 /*Complain=*/false); 12240} 12241 12242void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12243 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12244 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12245 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12246 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12247 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12248 LookupOrdinaryName); 12249 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12250 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12251 12252 if (PrevDecl) 12253 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12254 else 12255 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12256 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12257} 12258 12259void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12260 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12261 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12262 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12263 12264 if (PrevDecl) { 12265 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12266 } else { 12267 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12268 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12269 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12270 } 12271} 12272 12273void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12274 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12275 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12276 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12277 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12278 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12279 LookupOrdinaryName); 12280 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12281 12282 if (PrevDecl) { 12283 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12284 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12285 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12286 } else { 12287 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12288 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12289 } 12290} 12291 12292Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12293 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12294} 12295 12296AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12297 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12298 return D->getAvailability(); 12299} 12300